简单版；

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager.sln

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+
+Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 10.00
+# Visual Studio 2008
+Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "ModuleSVNManager", "ModuleSVNManager\ModuleSVNManager.vcproj", "{B3290F7E-5D1F-4C5E-BDCB-71007D0A9DAC}"
+EndProject
+Global
+	GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
+		Debug|Win32 = Debug|Win32
+		Release|Win32 = Release|Win32
+	EndGlobalSection
+	GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
+		{B3290F7E-5D1F-4C5E-BDCB-71007D0A9DAC}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
+		{B3290F7E-5D1F-4C5E-BDCB-71007D0A9DAC}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
+		{B3290F7E-5D1F-4C5E-BDCB-71007D0A9DAC}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
+		{B3290F7E-5D1F-4C5E-BDCB-71007D0A9DAC}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
+	EndGlobalSection
+	GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
+		HideSolutionNode = FALSE
+	EndGlobalSection
+EndGlobal

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/Base64.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+#include "StdAfx.h"
+#include "Base64.h"
+
+CBase64::CBase64(void)
+{
+}
+
+CBase64::~CBase64(void)
+{
+}
+
+const char CBase64::sm_base64digits[65] =
+"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
+
+const char CBase64::sm_base64val[128] = {
+	BAD,BAD,BAD,BAD, BAD,BAD,BAD,BAD, BAD,BAD,BAD,BAD, BAD,BAD,BAD,BAD,
+	BAD,BAD,BAD,BAD, BAD,BAD,BAD,BAD, BAD,BAD,BAD,BAD, BAD,BAD,BAD,BAD,
+	BAD,BAD,BAD,BAD, BAD,BAD,BAD,BAD, BAD,BAD,BAD, 62, BAD,BAD,BAD, 63,
+	52, 53, 54, 55,  56, 57, 58, 59,  60, 61,BAD,BAD, BAD,BAD,BAD,BAD,
+	BAD,  0,  1,  2,   3,  4,  5,  6,   7,  8,  9, 10,  11, 12, 13, 14,
+	15, 16, 17, 18,  19, 20, 21, 22,  23, 24, 25,BAD, BAD,BAD,BAD,BAD,
+	BAD, 26, 27, 28,  29, 30, 31, 32,  33, 34, 35, 36,  37, 38, 39, 40,
+	41, 42, 43, 44,  45, 46, 47, 48,  49, 50, 51,BAD, BAD,BAD,BAD,BAD
+};
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：[6/2/2016 IT];
+/*  描述：将字节转换为Base64字符;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[IN] pbinary：			要转换成Base64字符的二进制字节数组;
+/*  	[IN] nbinaryLen：		pbinary所指向的缓存大小;
+/*  	[OUT] pOutBase64：		返回转换后的Base64字符，以'\0'结束;
+/*  返回：返回转换成功后的Base64字符数;
+/*  注意：注意参数1是字节BYTE,返回的pOutBase64是人为加上'\0'结束符;
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+void CBase64::binToBase64(IN const unsigned char *pbinary, IN size_t nbinaryLen, OUT char *pOutBase64)
+{
+	for ( ; nbinaryLen >= 3; nbinaryLen -= 3, pbinary += 3) 
+	{
+		*pOutBase64++ = sm_base64digits[pbinary[0] >> 2];
+		*pOutBase64++ = sm_base64digits[((pbinary[0] << 4) & 0x30) | (pbinary[1] >> 4)];
+		*pOutBase64++ = sm_base64digits[((pbinary[1] << 2) & 0x3c) | (pbinary[2] >> 6)];
+		*pOutBase64++ = sm_base64digits[pbinary[2] & 0x3f];
+	}
+
+	if (nbinaryLen > 0) 
+	{
+		unsigned char fragment;
+		*pOutBase64++ = sm_base64digits[pbinary[0] >> 2];
+		fragment = (pbinary[0] << 4) & 0x30;
+
+		if (nbinaryLen > 1)
+			fragment |= pbinary[1] >> 4;
+
+		*pOutBase64++ = sm_base64digits[fragment];
+		*pOutBase64++ = (nbinaryLen < 2) ? '=' : sm_base64digits[(pbinary[1] << 2) & 0x3c];
+		*pOutBase64++ = '=';
+	}
+	*pOutBase64 = '\0';
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：[6/2/2016 IT];
+/*  描述：将Base64字符串转为化二进制字节字符串;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[IN] pBase64：		要转化成二进制字节字符串的Base64字符;
+/*  	[OUT] pbinary：		返回转化成二进制字节的字符串;
+/*  	[IN] maxLen：		pbinary指向的缓存大小;
+/*  返回：返回转化成二进制字节字符数;
+/*  注意：;
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+int CBase64::base64ToBin(IN const char *pBase64, OUT unsigned char *pbinary, IN size_t maxLen)
+{
+	size_t len = 0;
+	unsigned char digit1, digit2, digit3, digit4;
+
+	if (pBase64[0] == '+' && pBase64[1] == ' ')
+		pBase64 += 2;
+	if (pBase64[0] == '\r')
+		return 0;
+
+	while (*pBase64 && *pBase64 != '\r' /*&& digit4 != '='*/) 
+	{
+		digit1 = pBase64[0];
+		if (decode64(digit1) == BAD)
+			return -1;
+		digit2 = pBase64[1];
+		if (decode64(digit2) == BAD)
+			return -1;
+		digit3 = pBase64[2];
+		if (digit3 != '=' && decode64(digit3) == BAD)
+			return -1; 
+		digit4 = pBase64[3];
+		if (digit4 != '=' && decode64(digit4) == BAD)
+			return -1;
+		pBase64 += 4;
+
+		++len;
+		if (maxLen && len > maxLen)
+			return -1;
+
+		*(pbinary++) = (decode64(digit1) << 2) | (decode64(digit2) >> 4);
+		if (digit3 != '=') 
+		{
+			++len;
+			if (maxLen && len > maxLen)
+				return -1;
+			*(pbinary++) = ((decode64(digit2) << 4) & 0xf0) | (decode64(digit3) >> 2);
+			if (digit4 != '=') 
+			{
+				++len;
+				if (maxLen && len > maxLen)
+					return -1;
+				*(pbinary++) = ((decode64(digit3) << 6) & 0xc0) | decode64(digit4);
+			} // if
+		} // if
+	} // while
+
+	return len;
+}

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/Base64.h

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  Copyright (C), 2016-2020, [IT], 保留所有权利;
+/*  模 块 名：;
+/*  描    述：;
+/*
+/*  版    本：[V];	
+/*  作    者：[IT];
+/*  日    期：[5/24/2016];
+/*
+/*
+/*  注    意：;
+/*
+/*  修改记录：[IT];
+/*  修改日期：;
+/*  修改版本：;
+/*  修改内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+#ifndef __BASE64_CODE__
+#define __BASE64_CODE__
+
+#pragma once
+
+class CBase64
+{
+public:
+	CBase64(void);
+	~CBase64(void);
+
+	/************************************************************************/
+	/*  函数：[5/24/2016 IT];
+	/*  描述：获取指定字符串长度对应的Base64字符长度;
+	/*  参数：;
+	/*  	[IN] len：要计算的字符长度;
+	/*  返回：返回指定长度len的字符串转换为编码Base64对应的长度,并多加一个'\0'结束符;
+	/*  注意：;
+	/************************************************************************/
+	static int CalcBase64Len(IN const size_t& len) {
+		return (len / 3 + (len % 3 ? 1 : 0)) * 4 + 1; // one more byte for '\0'
+	}
+
+	static void binToBase64(IN const unsigned char *pbinary, IN size_t nbinaryLen, OUT char *pOutBase64);
+
+	/************************************************************************/
+	/*  函数：[5/24/2016 IT];
+	/*  描述：获取指定Base64字符串长度对应的字节长度;
+	/*  参数：;
+	/*  	[IN] len：要计算的Base64字符长度;
+	/*  返回：返回指定长度len的Base64字符串转换为字节对应的长度;
+	/*  注意：;
+	/************************************************************************/
+	static int CalcBinLen(size_t len) {
+		return len / 4 * 3; 
+	}
+
+	static int base64ToBin(IN const char *pBase64, OUT unsigned char *pbinary, IN size_t maxLen);
+
+private:
+	static char decode64(unsigned char ch) {
+		return ch < 128 ? sm_base64val[ch] : BAD;
+	}
+
+private:
+	enum {BAD = -1};
+	// 必须是ASCII字符;
+	static const char sm_base64digits[65];
+	// 必须是ASCII字符;
+	static const char sm_base64val[128];
+};
+
+#endif // __BASE64_CODE__

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/CharEncoding.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,739 @@
+#include "StdAfx.h"
+#include "CharEncoding.h"
+
+WCHAR* CharEncoding::ASCII2UNICODE(IN LPCCH lpASCIIStr)
+{
+	if ( lpASCIIStr == NULL )
+		return NULL;
+
+	// 获取宽字符字节数;
+	int cchWideChar  = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, lpASCIIStr, -1, NULL, 0);
+	if ( cchWideChar == 0)
+		return NULL;
+
+	// 转换成宽字符串;
+	WCHAR *pWideChar = new WCHAR[cchWideChar + 1];
+	memset(pWideChar, 0 , sizeof(WCHAR)*(cchWideChar + 1));
+	int nWriteNum = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, lpASCIIStr, -1, pWideChar, cchWideChar );
+	if ( nWriteNum != cchWideChar)
+	{ 
+		if (pWideChar) 
+			delete []pWideChar;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	return pWideChar;
+}
+
+BOOL CharEncoding::ASCII2UNICODE(IN LPCCH lpASCIIStr, OUT PWCH pUNICODEStr, IN CONST INT& nUNICODEStrLen)
+{
+	if ( lpASCIIStr == NULL )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 获取宽字符字节数;
+	int cchWideChar  = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, lpASCIIStr, -1, NULL, 0);
+	if ( cchWideChar == 0 || cchWideChar >= nUNICODEStrLen)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 转换成宽字符串;
+	memset(pUNICODEStr, 0 , sizeof(WCHAR)*nUNICODEStrLen);
+	int nWriteNum = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, lpASCIIStr, -1, pUNICODEStr, cchWideChar );
+	if ( nWriteNum != cchWideChar)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL CharEncoding::ASCII2UNICODE(IN LPCCH lpASCIIStr, OUT wstring &strResult)
+{
+	if ( lpASCIIStr == NULL )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 获取宽字符字节数;
+	int cchWideChar  = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, lpASCIIStr, -1, NULL, 0);
+	if ( cchWideChar == 0 )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 转换成宽字符串;
+	WCHAR *pResult = new WCHAR[cchWideChar];
+	memset(pResult, 0 , sizeof(WCHAR)*cchWideChar);
+	int nWriteNum = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, lpASCIIStr, -1, pResult, cchWideChar );
+	if ( nWriteNum != cchWideChar)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	strResult = pResult;
+	if ( pResult )
+		delete[] pResult;
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+CHAR* CharEncoding::UNICODE2ASCII(IN LPWCH lpUNICODEStr)
+{
+	if ( lpUNICODEStr == NULL )
+		return NULL;
+
+	// 获取多字节字符字节数;
+	int cbMultiByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_OEMCP, 0, lpUNICODEStr, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
+	if ( cbMultiByte == 0 )
+		return NULL;
+
+	// 转换成多字节字符;
+	CHAR *pMultiByteStr = new CHAR[cbMultiByte+1];
+	memset(pMultiByteStr, 0, cbMultiByte + 1);
+	int nWriteNum = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_OEMCP, 0, lpUNICODEStr, -1, pMultiByteStr, cbMultiByte, NULL, NULL);
+	if (nWriteNum != cbMultiByte)
+	{
+		if (pMultiByteStr) 
+			delete []pMultiByteStr;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	return pMultiByteStr;
+}
+
+BOOL CharEncoding::UNICODE2ASCII(IN LPWCH lpUNICODEStr, OUT LPCH pASCIIStr, IN CONST INT& nASCIIStrLen)
+{
+	if ( lpUNICODEStr == NULL )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 获取多字节字符字节数;
+	int cbMultiByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_OEMCP, 0, lpUNICODEStr, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
+	if ( cbMultiByte == 0 || cbMultiByte >= nASCIIStrLen )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 转换成多字节字符;
+	memset((void*)pASCIIStr, 0, nASCIIStrLen);
+	int nWriteNum = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_OEMCP, 0, lpUNICODEStr, -1, pASCIIStr, cbMultiByte, NULL, NULL);
+	if (nWriteNum != cbMultiByte)
+	{
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL CharEncoding::UNICODE2ASCII(IN LPWCH lpUNICODEStr, OUT string &strResult)
+{
+	if ( lpUNICODEStr == NULL )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 获取多字节字符字节数;
+	int cbMultiByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_OEMCP, 0, lpUNICODEStr, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
+	if ( cbMultiByte == 0 )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 转换成多字节字符;
+	CHAR* pResult = new CHAR[cbMultiByte];
+	memset(pResult, 0, cbMultiByte);
+	int nWriteNum = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_OEMCP, 0, lpUNICODEStr, -1, pResult, cbMultiByte, NULL, NULL);
+	if (nWriteNum != cbMultiByte)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	strResult = pResult;
+	if ( pResult )
+		delete[] pResult;
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+CHAR* CharEncoding::UNICODE2UTF8(IN LPWCH lpUNICODEStr)
+{
+	if ( lpUNICODEStr == NULL )
+		return NULL;
+
+	// 获取多字节字符字节数;
+	int cbMultiByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, lpUNICODEStr, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
+	if ( cbMultiByte == 0 )
+		return NULL;
+
+	// 转换成多字节字符;
+	CHAR* pMultiByteStr = new CHAR[cbMultiByte+1];
+	memset(pMultiByteStr, 0, cbMultiByte + 1);
+	int nWriteNum = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, lpUNICODEStr, -1, pMultiByteStr, cbMultiByte, NULL, NULL);
+	if (nWriteNum != cbMultiByte)
+	{
+		if (pMultiByteStr) 
+			delete []pMultiByteStr;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	return pMultiByteStr;
+}
+
+BOOL CharEncoding::UNICODE2UTF8(IN LPWCH lpUNICODEStr, OUT LPCH pUTF8Str, IN CONST INT& nUTF8StrLen)
+{
+	if ( lpUNICODEStr == NULL )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 获取多字节字符字节数;
+	int cbMultiByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, lpUNICODEStr, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
+	if ( cbMultiByte == 0 || cbMultiByte >= nUTF8StrLen )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 转换成多字节字符;
+	memset(pUTF8Str, 0, nUTF8StrLen);
+	int nWriteNum = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, lpUNICODEStr, -1, pUTF8Str, cbMultiByte, NULL, NULL);
+	if (nWriteNum != cbMultiByte)
+	{
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL CharEncoding::UNICODE2UTF8(IN LPWCH lpUNICODEStr, OUT string &strResult)
+{
+	if ( lpUNICODEStr == NULL )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 获取多字节字符字节数;
+	int cbMultiByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, lpUNICODEStr, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
+	if ( cbMultiByte == 0 )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 转换成多字节字符;
+	CHAR *pResult = new CHAR[cbMultiByte];
+	memset(pResult, 0, cbMultiByte);
+	int nWriteNum = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, lpUNICODEStr, -1, pResult, cbMultiByte, NULL, NULL);
+	if (nWriteNum != cbMultiByte)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	strResult = pResult;
+	if ( pResult )
+		delete[] pResult;
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+CHAR* CharEncoding::ASCII2UTF8(IN LPCCH lpASCIIStr)
+{
+	// 将ASCII字符串转成UNICODE字符串;
+	WCHAR* pWideChar = ASCII2UNICODE(lpASCIIStr);
+	if ( pWideChar == NULL )
+		return NULL;
+
+	// 再将UICODE转成UTF8;
+	CHAR* pUTF8 = UNICODE2UTF8(pWideChar);
+	if ( pWideChar )
+		delete []pWideChar;
+
+	return pUTF8;
+}
+
+BOOL CharEncoding::ASCII2UTF8(IN LPCCH lpASCIIStr, OUT LPCH pUTF8Str, IN CONST INT& nUTF8StrLen)
+{
+	// 将ASCII字符串转成UNICODE字符串;
+	WCHAR* pWideChar = ASCII2UNICODE(lpASCIIStr);
+	if ( pWideChar == NULL )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 再将UICODE转成UTF8;
+	BOOL bResult = UNICODE2UTF8(pWideChar, pUTF8Str, nUTF8StrLen);
+
+	if ( pWideChar )
+		delete []pWideChar;
+
+	return bResult;
+}
+
+BOOL CharEncoding::ASCII2UTF8(IN LPCCH lpASCIIStr, OUT string &strResult)
+{
+	// 将ASCII字符串转成UNICODE字符串;
+	WCHAR* pWideChar = ASCII2UNICODE(lpASCIIStr);
+	if ( pWideChar == NULL )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 再将UICODE转成UTF8;
+	BOOL bResult = UNICODE2UTF8(pWideChar, strResult);
+
+	if ( pWideChar )
+		delete []pWideChar;
+
+	return bResult;
+}
+
+WCHAR* CharEncoding::UTF82UNICODE(IN LPCCH lpUTF8)
+{
+	if ( lpUTF8 == NULL )
+		return NULL;
+
+	// 获取unicode字符数;
+	int cchWideChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, lpUTF8, -1, NULL, 0);
+	if ( cchWideChar == 0)
+		return NULL;
+
+	// 转换成宽字符串;
+	WCHAR *pWideChar = new WCHAR[cchWideChar + 1];
+	memset(pWideChar, 0 , sizeof(WCHAR)*(cchWideChar + 1));
+	int nWriteNum = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, lpUTF8, -1, pWideChar, cchWideChar );
+	if ( nWriteNum != cchWideChar)
+	{ 
+		if (pWideChar) 
+			delete []pWideChar;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	return pWideChar;
+}
+
+BOOL CharEncoding::UTF82UNICODE(IN LPCCH lpUTF8, OUT PWCH pUNICODEStr, IN CONST INT& nUNICODEStrLen)
+{
+	if ( lpUTF8 == NULL )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 获取宽字符字节数;
+	int cchWideChar  = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, lpUTF8, -1, NULL, 0);
+	if ( cchWideChar == 0 || cchWideChar >= nUNICODEStrLen)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 转换成宽字符串;
+	memset(pUNICODEStr, 0 , sizeof(WCHAR)*nUNICODEStrLen);
+	int nWriteNum = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, lpUTF8, -1, pUNICODEStr, cchWideChar );
+	if ( nWriteNum != cchWideChar)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL CharEncoding::UTF82UNICODE(IN LPCCH lpUTF8, OUT wstring &strResult)
+{
+	if ( lpUTF8 == NULL )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 获取宽字符字节数;
+	int cchWideChar  = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, lpUTF8, -1, NULL, 0);
+	if ( cchWideChar == 0 )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 转换成宽字符串;
+	WCHAR* pResult = new WCHAR[cchWideChar];
+	memset(pResult, 0 , sizeof(WCHAR)*cchWideChar);
+	int nWriteNum = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, lpUTF8, -1, pResult, cchWideChar );
+	if ( nWriteNum != cchWideChar)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	strResult = pResult;
+	if ( pResult )
+		delete[] pResult;
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+CHAR* CharEncoding::UTF82ASCII(IN LPCCH lpUTF8)
+{
+	// 将ASCII字符串转成UNICODE字符串;
+	WCHAR* pWideChar = UTF82UNICODE(lpUTF8);
+	if ( pWideChar == NULL )
+		return NULL;
+
+	// 再将UICODE转成UTF8;
+	CHAR* pUTF8 = UNICODE2ASCII(pWideChar);
+	if ( pWideChar )
+		delete []pWideChar;
+
+	return pUTF8;
+}
+
+BOOL CharEncoding::UTF82ASCII(IN LPCCH lpUTF8, OUT LPCH pASCIIStr, IN CONST INT& nASCIIStrLen)
+{
+	// 将ASCII字符串转成UNICODE字符串;
+	WCHAR* pWideChar = UTF82UNICODE(lpUTF8);
+	if ( pWideChar == NULL )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 再将UICODE转成UTF8;
+	BOOL bResult = UNICODE2ASCII(pWideChar, pASCIIStr, nASCIIStrLen);
+
+	if ( pWideChar )
+		delete []pWideChar;
+
+	return bResult;
+}
+
+BOOL CharEncoding::UTF82ASCII(IN LPCCH lpUTF8, OUT string &strResult)
+{
+	// 将ASCII字符串转成UNICODE字符串;
+	WCHAR* pWideChar = UTF82UNICODE(lpUTF8);
+	if ( pWideChar == NULL )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 再将UICODE转成UTF8;
+	BOOL bResult = UNICODE2ASCII(pWideChar, strResult);
+
+	if ( pWideChar )
+		delete []pWideChar;
+
+	return bResult;
+}
+
+//做为解Url使用
+char CharEncoding::CharToInt(char ch)
+{
+	if (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9')return (char)(ch - '0');
+	if (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'f')return (char)(ch - 'a' + 10);
+	if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'F')return (char)(ch - 'A' + 10);
+	return -1;
+}
+
+char CharEncoding::StrToBin(IN char (&str)[2])
+{
+	char tempWord[2];
+	char chn;
+
+	tempWord[0] = CharToInt(str[0]);                         //make the B to 11 -- 00001011
+	tempWord[1] = CharToInt(str[1]);                         //make the 0 to 0  -- 00000000
+
+	chn = (tempWord[0] << 4) | tempWord[1];                //to change the BO to 10110000
+
+	return chn;
+}
+
+//GB2312 转为 UTF-8
+void CharEncoding::GB2312ToUTF_8(string& pOut, const char *pText, int pLen)
+{
+	char buf[4];
+	memset(buf, 0, 4);
+
+	pOut.clear();
+
+	int i = 0;
+	while (i < pLen)
+	{
+		//如果是英文直接复制就可以;
+		if (pText[i] >= 0)
+		{
+			char asciistr[2] = { 0 };
+			asciistr[0] = (pText[i++]);
+			pOut.append(asciistr);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			WCHAR pbuffer[2] = {0};
+			MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, MB_PRECOMPOSED, pText + i, 2, pbuffer, 1);
+			UNICODE2UTF8(pbuffer, buf, 4);
+			pOut.append(buf);
+			i += 2;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return;
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：[7/26/2016 IT];
+/*  描述：将字符串编码成为GB2312格式的URL;;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[IN] ：;
+/*  	[OUT] ：;
+/*  	[IN/OUT] ：;
+/*  返回：void;
+/*  注意：;
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+string CharEncoding::EnCode_GB2312URL(IN CHAR* pText)
+{
+	string dd;
+	size_t len = strlen(pText);
+	for (size_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	{
+		if (isalnum((BYTE)pText[i]))
+		{
+			char tempbuff[2];
+			sprintf_s(tempbuff, "%c", pText[i]);
+			dd.append(tempbuff);
+		}
+		else if (isspace((BYTE)pText[i]))
+		{
+			dd.append("+");
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			char tempbuff[4];
+			sprintf_s(tempbuff, "%%%X%X", ((BYTE*)pText)[i] >> 4, ((BYTE*)pText)[i] % 16);
+			dd.append(tempbuff);
+		}
+	}
+	return dd;
+}
+
+void CharEncoding::EnCode_GB2312URL(IN CHAR* pText, OUT string& strResult)
+{
+	size_t len = strlen(pText);
+	for (size_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	{
+		if (isalnum((BYTE)pText[i]))
+		{
+			char tempbuff[2];
+			sprintf_s(tempbuff, "%c", pText[i]);
+			strResult.append(tempbuff);
+		}
+		else if (isspace((BYTE)pText[i]))
+		{
+			strResult.append("+");
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			char tempbuff[4];
+			sprintf_s(tempbuff, "%%%X%X", ((BYTE*)pText)[i] >> 4, ((BYTE*)pText)[i] % 16);
+			strResult.append(tempbuff);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：[7/26/2016 IT];
+/*  描述：;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[IN] ：;
+/*  	[OUT] ：;
+/*  	[IN/OUT] ：;
+/*  返回：void;
+/*  注意：;
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+string CharEncoding::EnCode_UTF8URL(IN const CHAR* pText)
+{
+	string tt = "";
+	string dd = "";
+	ASCII2UTF8(pText,tt);
+
+	size_t len = tt.length();
+	for (size_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	{
+		if (isalnum((BYTE)tt.at(i)))
+		{
+			char tempbuff[2] = { 0 };
+			sprintf_s(tempbuff, "%c", (BYTE)tt.at(i));
+			dd.append(tempbuff);
+		}
+		else if (isspace((BYTE)tt.at(i)))
+		{
+			dd.append("+");
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			char tempbuff[4];
+			sprintf_s(tempbuff, "%%%X%X", ((BYTE)tt.at(i)) >> 4, ((BYTE)tt.at(i)) % 16);
+			dd.append(tempbuff);
+		}
+	}
+	return dd;
+}
+
+void CharEncoding::EnCode_UTF8URL(IN const CHAR* pText, OUT string& strResult)
+{
+	string tt = "";
+	ASCII2UTF8(pText,tt);
+
+	size_t len = tt.length();
+	for (size_t i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	{
+		if (isalnum((BYTE)tt.at(i)))
+		{
+			char tempbuff[2] = { 0 };
+			sprintf_s(tempbuff, "%c", (BYTE)tt.at(i));
+			strResult.append(tempbuff);
+		}
+		else if (isspace((BYTE)tt.at(i)))
+		{
+			strResult.append("+");
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			char tempbuff[4];
+			sprintf_s(tempbuff, "%%%X%X", ((BYTE)tt.at(i)) >> 4, ((BYTE)tt.at(i)) % 16);
+			strResult.append(tempbuff);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+string CharEncoding::EnCode_UNICODEURL(IN const CHAR* pText)
+{
+	return "";
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：[7/26/2016 IT];
+/*  描述：;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[IN] ：;
+/*  	[OUT] ：;
+/*  	[IN/OUT] ：;
+/*  返回：void;
+/*  注意：;
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+string CharEncoding::DeCode_URLGB2312(IN const CHAR* pURLText)
+{
+	string output = "";
+	char tmp[2];
+	int i = 0, idx = 0, len = strlen(pURLText);
+
+	while (i < len){
+		if (pURLText[i] == '%')
+		{
+			tmp[0] = pURLText[i + 1];
+			tmp[1] = pURLText[i + 2];
+			output += StrToBin(tmp);
+			i = i + 3;
+		}
+		else if (pURLText[i] == '+')
+		{
+			output += ' ';
+			i++;
+		}
+		else{
+			output += pURLText[i];
+			i++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return output;
+}
+
+void CharEncoding::DeCode_URLGB2312(IN const CHAR* pURLText, OUT string& strResult)
+{
+	char tmp[2];
+	int i = 0, idx = 0, len = strlen(pURLText);
+
+	while (i < len){
+		if (pURLText[i] == '%')
+		{
+			tmp[0] = pURLText[i + 1];
+			tmp[1] = pURLText[i + 2];
+			strResult += StrToBin(tmp);
+			i = i + 3;
+		}
+		else if (pURLText[i] == '+')
+		{
+			strResult += ' ';
+			i++;
+		}
+		else{
+			strResult += pURLText[i];
+			i++;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：[7/26/2016 IT];
+/*  描述：;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[IN] ：;
+/*  	[OUT] ：;
+/*  	[IN/OUT] ：;
+/*  返回：void;
+/*  注意：;
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+string CharEncoding::DeCode_URLUTF8(IN const CHAR* pURLText)
+{
+	string output = "";
+	string temp = DeCode_URLGB2312(pURLText);
+	UTF82ASCII(temp.c_str(), output);
+	return output;
+}
+
+void CharEncoding::DeCode_URLUTF8(IN const CHAR* pURLText, OUT string& strResult)
+{
+	string temp = DeCode_URLGB2312(pURLText);
+	UTF82ASCII(temp.c_str(), strResult);
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：[7/26/2016 IT];
+/*  描述：;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[IN] ：;
+/*  	[OUT] ：;
+/*  	[IN/OUT] ：;
+/*  返回：void;
+/*  注意：;
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+string CharEncoding::DeCode_URLUNICODE(IN const CHAR* pURLText)
+{
+	string str = pURLText;
+	string strResult = "";
+
+	INT nIndex = 0;
+	string strTemp = "";
+
+	while ( str.find_first_of("\\u") != string::npos )
+	{
+		nIndex = str.find_first_of("\\u");
+		strResult.append(str.substr(0, nIndex));
+		strTemp = str.substr(nIndex + 2, 4);
+		str = str.substr(nIndex + 2 +4);
+		CHAR szReturn[10] = {0};
+
+		union  __UNION_VAR_INT{
+			BYTE   ch[2];   
+			int	   value;   
+		}unionVarInt;
+
+		unionVarInt.ch[0] =  (CharToInt(strTemp.at(2)) << 4) | (CharToInt(strTemp.at(3))  & 0x00FF);
+		unionVarInt.ch[1] =  (CharToInt(strTemp.at(0)) << 4) | (CharToInt(strTemp.at(1))  & 0x00FF);
+
+		WCHAR szWide[2] = {0};
+		szWide[0] = unionVarInt.value;
+		UNICODE2ASCII(szWide,szReturn,10);
+		strResult.append(szReturn);
+	}
+	strResult.append(str);
+
+	return strResult;
+}
+
+void CharEncoding::DeCode_URLUNICODE(IN const CHAR* pURLText, OUT string& strResult)
+{
+	string str = pURLText;
+
+	INT nIndex = 0;
+	string strTemp = "";
+
+	while ( str.find_first_of("\\u") != string::npos )
+	{
+		nIndex = str.find_first_of("\\u");
+		strResult.append(str.substr(0, nIndex));
+		strTemp = str.substr(nIndex + 2, 4);
+		str = str.substr(nIndex + 2 +4);
+		CHAR szReturn[10] = {0};
+
+		union  __UNION_VAR_INT{
+			BYTE   ch[2];   
+			int	   value;   
+		}unionVarInt;
+
+		unionVarInt.ch[0] =  (CharToInt(strTemp.at(2)) << 4) | (CharToInt(strTemp.at(3))  & 0x00FF);
+		unionVarInt.ch[1] =  (CharToInt(strTemp.at(0)) << 4) | (CharToInt(strTemp.at(1))  & 0x00FF);
+
+		WCHAR szWide[2] = {0};
+		szWide[0] = unionVarInt.value;
+		UNICODE2ASCII(szWide,szReturn,10);
+		strResult.append(szReturn);
+	}
+	strResult.append(str);
+}

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/CharEncoding.h

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  Copyright (C), 2016-2020, [IT], 保留所有权利;
+/*  模 块 名：公共模块，未做性能优化;
+/*  描    述：;
+/*
+/*  版    本：[V];	
+/*  作    者：[IT];
+/*  日    期：[7/26/2016];
+/*
+/*
+/*  注    意：;
+/*
+/*  修改记录：[IT];
+/*  修改日期：;
+/*  修改版本：;
+/*  修改内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+#ifndef __CHAR_ENCODING__
+#define __CHAR_ENCODING__
+
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+using namespace std;
+
+#ifndef _UNICODE
+typedef string TString;
+#else
+typedef wstring TString;
+#endif
+
+#pragma once
+
+
+class  CharEncoding
+{
+public:
+	// 将字符转化为对应的ASCII十进制值;
+	static char CharToInt(char ch);
+	// 将两个字符串转化成十六进制值;
+	static char StrToBin(IN char (&str)[2]);
+	static void GB2312ToUTF_8(string& pOut, const char *pText, int pLen);
+	// 将ASCII字符串转成UNICODE字符串;
+	static WCHAR* ASCII2UNICODE(IN LPCCH lpASCIIStr);
+	static BOOL   ASCII2UNICODE(IN LPCCH lpASCIIStr, OUT PWCH pUNICODEStr, IN CONST INT& nUNICODEStrLen);
+	static BOOL   ASCII2UNICODE(IN LPCCH lpASCIIStr, OUT wstring &strResult);
+
+	// 将UNICODE字符串转成ASCII字符串;
+	static CHAR* UNICODE2ASCII(IN LPWCH lpUNICODEStr);
+	static BOOL  UNICODE2ASCII(IN LPWCH lpUNICODEStr, OUT LPCH pASCIIStr, IN CONST INT& nASCIIStrLen);
+	static BOOL  UNICODE2ASCII(IN LPWCH lpUNICODEStr, OUT string &strResult);
+
+	// 将UNICODE字符串转成UFT8字符串;
+	static CHAR* UNICODE2UTF8(IN LPWCH lpUNICODEStr);
+	static BOOL  UNICODE2UTF8(IN LPWCH lpUNICODEStr, OUT LPCH pUTF8Str, IN CONST INT& nUTF8StrLen);
+	static BOOL  UNICODE2UTF8(IN LPWCH lpUNICODEStr, OUT string &strResult);
+
+	// 将ASCII字符串转成UTF8字符串;
+	static CHAR* ASCII2UTF8(IN LPCCH lpASCIIStr);
+	static BOOL  ASCII2UTF8(IN LPCCH lpASCIIStr, OUT LPCH pUTF8Str, IN CONST INT& nUTF8StrLen);
+	static BOOL  ASCII2UTF8(IN LPCCH lpASCIIStr, OUT string &strResult);
+
+	// 将UTF-8字符串转成UNICODE字符串;
+	static WCHAR* UTF82UNICODE(IN LPCCH lpUTF8);
+	static BOOL   UTF82UNICODE(IN LPCCH lpUTF8, OUT PWCH pUNICODEStr, IN CONST INT& nUNICODEStrLen);
+	static BOOL   UTF82UNICODE(IN LPCCH lpUTF8, OUT wstring &strResult);
+
+	// 将UTF-8字符串转成ASCII字符串;
+	static CHAR*  UTF82ASCII(IN LPCCH lpUTF8);
+	static BOOL   UTF82ASCII(IN LPCCH lpUTF8, OUT LPCH pASCIIStr, IN CONST INT& nASCIIStrLen);
+	static BOOL   UTF82ASCII(IN LPCCH lpUTF8, OUT string &strResult);
+
+	// 将UTF-8编码成GB2312;
+	static string UTF8IntoGB2313(IN CHAR* pUTF8Text, IN const INT& nUTF8TextLen);
+	// 将GB2312编码成UTF-8;
+	static string GB2312IntoUTF8(IN CHAR* pGB2312Text, IN const INT& nGB2312TextLen);
+
+	// 将字符串编码成为GB2312编码格式的URL;
+	static string EnCode_GB2312URL(IN CHAR* pText);
+	static void EnCode_GB2312URL(IN CHAR* pText, OUT string& strResult);
+	// 将字符串编码成为UTF-8编码格式的URL;
+	static string EnCode_UTF8URL(IN const CHAR* pText);
+	static void EnCode_UTF8URL(IN const CHAR* pText, OUT string& strResult);
+	// 将字符串编码成为UNICODE编码格式的URL;
+	static string EnCode_UNICODEURL(IN const CHAR* pText);	// 未完成该函数;
+
+	// 解码UTF-8编码格式的URL;
+	static string DeCode_URLUTF8(IN const CHAR* pURLText);
+	static void DeCode_URLUTF8(IN const CHAR* pURLText, OUT string& strResult);
+	// 解码GB2312编码格式的URL;
+	static string DeCode_URLGB2312(IN const CHAR* pURLText);
+	static void DeCode_URLGB2312(IN const CHAR* pURLText, OUT string& strResult);
+	// 解码UNICODE编码格式的URL;
+	static string DeCode_URLUNICODE(IN const CHAR* pURLText);
+	static void DeCode_URLUNICODE(IN const CHAR* pURLText, OUT string& strResult);
+};
+
+#endif

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/Const.h

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#ifndef __CONST_H__
+#define __CONST_H__
+
+//缓冲区长度限制
+#define MAX_TEL_LENGTH					20
+#define MAX_ERROR_LEN					500
+#define MAX_PATH_LENGTH					MAX_PATH
+#define MAX_FILE_LENGTH					MAX_PATH
+#define PATH_MAX                        255
+
+#define MAX_LIST_LENGTH					10240
+#define MAX_VALUE_LENGTH				100
+
+#define MAX_EQUIP_IP					50
+#define MAX_PORT						5
+
+#define MAX_LANG_LENGTH					100
+#define MAX_DIGIT_LENGTH				30
+
+//DB字段长度限制
+#define MAX_ID							10
+#define MAX_STATUS_LENGTH				10
+#define MAX_NAME_LENGTH					100
+#define MAX_EMAIL_LENGTH				30
+#define MAX_DESC						255
+
+#endif

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/CritSection.h

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+#ifndef __CRITSECTION_20160221__
+#define __CRITSECTION_20160221__
+
+// ÁÙ½çÖµ;
+class ThreadSection
+{
+public:
+	ThreadSection(){
+		HRESULT hr = Init();
+		(hr);
+	}
+
+	~ThreadSection(){
+		DeleteCriticalSection(&_CriticalSection);
+	}
+
+	bool Lock()
+	{
+		bool result = false;
+		__try
+		{
+			EnterCriticalSection(&_CriticalSection);
+			result = true;
+		}
+		__except (STATUS_NO_MEMORY == GetExceptionCode())
+		{
+		}
+		return result;
+	}
+
+	bool Unlock()
+	{
+		bool result = false;
+		__try
+		{
+			LeaveCriticalSection(&_CriticalSection);
+			result = true;
+		}
+		__except (STATUS_NO_MEMORY == GetExceptionCode())
+		{
+		}
+		return result;
+	}
+
+private:
+	HRESULT Init() throw()
+	{
+		HRESULT hRes = E_FAIL;
+		__try
+		{
+			InitializeCriticalSection(&_CriticalSection);
+			hRes = S_OK;
+		}
+		__except (STATUS_NO_MEMORY == GetExceptionCode())
+		{
+			hRes = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
+		}
+		return hRes;
+	}
+
+	ThreadSection(const ThreadSection & tSection);
+	ThreadSection &operator=(const ThreadSection & tSection);
+	CRITICAL_SECTION _CriticalSection;
+};
+
+
+class AutoThreadSection
+{
+public:
+	AutoThreadSection(IN ThreadSection* pSection){
+		_pSection = pSection;
+		_pSection->Lock();
+	}
+
+	~AutoThreadSection(){
+		_pSection->Unlock();
+	}
+private:
+	AutoThreadSection(const AutoThreadSection & tSection);
+	AutoThreadSection &operator=(const AutoThreadSection & tSection);
+	ThreadSection * _pSection;
+};
+
+#endif //__CRITSECTION_20160221__

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/DataImpl.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+#include "StdAfx.h"
+#include "DataImpl.h"
+
+CDataImpl::CDataImpl(void):m_psqlite3(NULL),m_pszErrmsg(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+CDataImpl::~CDataImpl(void)
+{
+}
+
+BOOL CDataImpl::Open()
+{
+	Close();
+	CHAR szpath[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+	_stprintf_s(szpath, _T("%ssvn.db"), Global::g_szModulePath );
+
+	string strPath;
+	if ( !CharEncoding::ASCII2UTF8(szpath,strPath))
+	{
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	INT nResult = sqlite3_open(strPath.c_str(), &m_psqlite3);
+	if ( nResult != SQLITE_OK )
+		return FALSE;
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+void CDataImpl::Close()
+{
+	if ( m_psqlite3 )
+		sqlite3_close(m_psqlite3);
+
+	m_psqlite3 = NULL;
+}
+
+BOOL CDataImpl::ExecteSQL(IN LPCSTR lpSQL)
+{
+	if ( lpSQL == NULL || lpSQL[0] == '\0' )
+	{
+		Global::WriteTextLog(_T("ExecteSQL：执行语句空！"));
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	if(m_psqlite3 == NULL)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	char* psqlite_error = NULL;
+	int sqlite_error = sqlite3_exec(m_psqlite3, lpSQL, NULL, 0, &psqlite_error);
+	if(SQLITE_OK != sqlite_error)
+	{
+		Global::WriteTextLog(_T("ExecteSQL:%s"), psqlite_error);
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+INT CDataImpl::QueryModInfo(IN OUT std::vector<STModInfo*> &vtModInfo)
+{
+	if ( m_psqlite3 == NULL )
+		return -1;
+
+	INT nRow = 0;
+	INT nCol = 0;
+
+	char** pazResult = NULL;
+	int sqlite_error = sqlite3_get_table(m_psqlite3, "select mod_name, mod_addr, mod_ver from mod", &pazResult, &nRow, &nCol, &m_pszErrmsg);
+	if ( sqlite_error != SQLITE_OK)
+	{
+		Global::WriteTextLog(_T("QueryModInfo:%s"), m_pszErrmsg);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	for(int i = 1; i <= nRow; i++)
+	{
+		STModInfo* pTagObj = new STModInfo();
+#ifndef USE_UTF8
+		pTagObj->strName = pazResult[i*nCol + 0];
+		pTagObj->strAddress = pazResult[i*nCol + 1];
+		pTagObj->strVersion = pazResult[i*nCol + 2];
+#else
+		// 由Native for SQLite3插入的数据，都是utf8格式;
+		CharEncoding::UTF82ASCII(pazResult[i*nCol + 0], pTagObj->strName);
+		CharEncoding::UTF82ASCII(pazResult[i*nCol + 1], pTagObj->strAddress);
+		CharEncoding::UTF82ASCII(pazResult[i*nCol + 2], pTagObj->strVersion);
+#endif
+		pTagObj->_check = false;
+
+		vtModInfo.push_back(pTagObj);
+	}
+
+	sqlite3_free_table(pazResult);
+
+	return nRow;
+}
+
+
+BOOL CDataImpl::InsertModInfo(IN STModInfo &stModInfo)
+{
+	return InsertModInfo(stModInfo.strName.c_str(), stModInfo.strAddress.c_str(), stModInfo.strVersion.c_str());
+}
+
+BOOL CDataImpl::InsertModInfo(IN LPCSTR lpModName, IN LPCSTR lpModAddress, IN LPCSTR lpModVerion)
+{
+	if ( lpModName == NULL || lpModName[0] == '\0' ||
+		lpModAddress == NULL || lpModAddress[0] == '\0' ||
+		lpModVerion == NULL || lpModVerion[0] == '\0'	)
+	{
+		Global::WriteTextLog(_T("InsertModInfo：变量空！"));
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	if(m_psqlite3 == NULL)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	string strInsert = "INSERT INTO mod(mod_name,mod_addr,mod_ver) VALUES ('";
+#ifndef USE_UTF8
+	strInsert.append(lpModName);
+	strInsert.append("','");
+	strInsert.append(lpModAddress);
+	strInsert.append("','");
+	strInsert.append(lpModVerion);
+	strInsert.append("');");
+#else
+	string str;
+	CharEncoding::ASCII2UTF8(lpModName,str);
+	strInsert.append(str);
+
+	strInsert.append("','");
+	CharEncoding::ASCII2UTF8(lpModAddress,str);
+	strInsert.append(str);
+
+	strInsert.append("','");
+	CharEncoding::ASCII2UTF8(lpModVerion,str);
+	strInsert.append(str);
+
+	strInsert.append("');");
+#endif
+
+	char* psqlite_error = NULL;
+	int sqlite_error = sqlite3_exec(m_psqlite3, strInsert.c_str(), NULL, 0, &psqlite_error);
+	if(SQLITE_OK != sqlite_error)
+	{
+		Global::WriteTextLog(_T("InsertModInfo:%s"), psqlite_error);
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL CDataImpl::UpdateModInfo(IN STModInfo &stModInfo)
+{
+	return UpdateModInfo(stModInfo.strName.c_str(), stModInfo.strAddress.c_str(), stModInfo.strVersion.c_str());
+}
+
+BOOL CDataImpl::UpdateModInfo(IN LPCSTR lpModName, IN LPCSTR lpModAddress, IN LPCSTR lpModVerion)
+{
+	if (lpModName == NULL || lpModName[0] == '\0' || 
+		lpModAddress == NULL || lpModAddress[0] == '\0' ||
+		lpModVerion == NULL || lpModVerion[0] == '\0' )
+	{
+		Global::WriteTextLog(_T("UpdateContactsInfo：变量空！"));
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	if(m_psqlite3 == NULL)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	string strUpdate = "UPDATE mod SET mod_addr = '";
+#ifndef USE_UTF8
+	strUpdate.append(lpModVerion);
+	strUpdate.append("', mod_ver = '");
+	strUpdate.append(lpModAddress);
+	strUpdate.append("' WHERE mod_name = '");
+	strUpdate.append(lpModName);
+	strUpdate.append("';");
+#else
+	string str;
+	CharEncoding::ASCII2UTF8(lpModVerion,str);
+	strUpdate.append(str);
+
+	strUpdate.append("', mod_ver = '");
+	CharEncoding::ASCII2UTF8(lpModAddress,str);
+	strUpdate.append(str);
+
+	strUpdate.append("' WHERE mod_name = '");
+	strUpdate.append(lpModName);
+	strUpdate.append("';");
+#endif
+
+	char* psqlite_error = NULL;
+	int sqlite_error = sqlite3_exec(m_psqlite3, strUpdate.c_str(), NULL, 0, &psqlite_error);
+	if(SQLITE_OK != sqlite_error)
+	{
+		Global::WriteTextLog(_T("UpdateModInfo:%s"), psqlite_error);
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL CDataImpl::DeleteModInfo(IN STModInfo &stModInfo)
+{
+	return DeleteModInfo(stModInfo.strName.c_str());
+}
+
+BOOL CDataImpl::DeleteModInfo(IN LPCSTR lpModName)
+{
+	if (lpModName == NULL || lpModName[0] == '\0' )
+	{
+		Global::WriteTextLog(_T("DeleteModInfo：变量空！"));
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	if (m_psqlite3 == NULL)
+		return FALSE;
+
+	string strDelete = "DELETE FROM mod WHERE mod_name ='";
+	strDelete.append(lpModName);
+	strDelete.append("';");
+
+	char* psqlite_error = NULL;
+	int sqlite_error = sqlite3_exec(m_psqlite3, strDelete.c_str(), NULL, 0, &psqlite_error);
+	if (SQLITE_OK != sqlite_error)
+	{
+		Global::WriteTextLog(_T("DeleteModInfo:%s"), psqlite_error);
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/DataImpl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  Copyright (C), 2016-2020, [IT], 保留所有权利;
+/*  模 块 名：;
+/*  描    述：当前项目数据库操作实现;
+/*
+/*  版    本：[V];	
+/*  作    者：[IT];
+/*  日    期：[11/13/2016];
+/*
+/*
+/*  注    意：;
+/*
+/*  修改记录：[IT];
+/*  修改日期：;
+/*  修改版本：;
+/*  修改内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+#ifndef __DATA_IMPL__
+#define __DATA_IMPL__
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "TableInfo.h"
+
+class CDataImpl
+{
+	CDataImpl(void);
+public:
+	static CDataImpl* GetInstance()
+	{
+		static CDataImpl *pObj = NULL;
+		if ( pObj == NULL )
+		{
+			pObj = new CDataImpl;
+			pObj->Open();
+		}
+
+		return pObj;
+	}
+
+	virtual ~CDataImpl(void);
+
+	// 私有变量;
+private:
+	sqlite3		*m_psqlite3;
+	CHAR		*m_pszErrmsg;
+
+	// 用户函数;
+public:
+	BOOL Open();
+	void Close();
+
+	// begin;
+	BOOL TransactionBegin()
+	{
+		INT nRet = sqlite3_exec(m_psqlite3, "begin", 0, 0, &m_pszErrmsg);
+		return ( nRet == 0 ) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+	}
+
+	BOOL TransactionCommit()
+	{
+		INT nRet = sqlite3_exec(m_psqlite3, "commit", 0, 0, &m_pszErrmsg);
+		return ( nRet == 0 ) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+	}
+
+	// commit;
+	// 执行语句;
+	BOOL ExecteSQL(IN LPCSTR lpSQL);
+
+	// 查询模块表;
+	INT QueryModInfo(IN OUT std::vector<STModInfo*> &vtModInfo);
+	// 插入新模块;
+	BOOL InsertModInfo(IN STModInfo &stModInfo);
+	BOOL InsertModInfo(IN LPCSTR lpModName, IN LPCSTR lpModAddress, IN LPCSTR lpModVerion);
+	// 更新模块表;
+	BOOL UpdateModInfo(IN STModInfo &stModInfo);
+	BOOL UpdateModInfo(IN LPCSTR lpModName, IN LPCSTR lpModAddress, IN LPCSTR lpModVerion);
+	// 删除模块;
+	BOOL DeleteModInfo(IN STModInfo &stModInfo);
+	BOOL DeleteModInfo(IN LPCSTR lpModName);
+};
+
+#endif

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/Global.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+#include "StdAfx.h"
+#include "Global.h"
+#include "CritSection.h"
+#include <locale.h>
+
+
+namespace Global
+{
+	// 控制台输出;
+	BOOL g_bStdOut = FALSE;
+	// 桌面宽度;
+	INT g_nDesktopWidth = 0;
+	// 桌面高度;
+	INT g_nDesktopHeight = 0;
+	// 任务栏高度;
+	INT g_nTrayWndHeight = 0;
+	// x方向刻度;
+	double g_fScaleX = 0.0;
+	// y方向刻度;
+	double g_fScaleY = 0.0;
+	// 打印或显示设备的预设值和环境值;
+	DEVMODE g_devMode = {0};	
+
+	TCHAR g_szModulePath[MAX_PATH] = _T("");			// 软件目录;
+	TCHAR g_szModuleFileName[MAX_PATH] = _T("");		// 软件名称;
+	TCHAR g_szConnectString[MAX_PATH] = _T("");			// DB连接串;
+	// 服务器信息;
+	TCHAR g_szSvrAddress[MAX_PATH] = _T("");
+	TCHAR g_szDBSource[MAX_PATH] = _T("");				// 数据库源(服务所在IP或计算机名);
+	TCHAR g_szDBSourcePort[MAX_PATH] = _T("");			// 数据库源端口;
+	DWORD g_dwDBServerPort = 0;							// 数据库源端口;
+	TCHAR g_szDBAccount[MAX_PATH] = _T("");				// 数据库登录用户;
+	TCHAR g_szDBPassWord[MAX_PATH] = _T("");			// 数据库登录密码;
+	TCHAR g_szDBName[MAX_PATH] = _T("");				// 数据库名称;	
+	TCHAR g_szStudioID[64] = _T("");					// 影楼ID;
+	DWORD g_dwSvrPort = 0;
+	DWORD g_dwDBPoolMaxCount = 1;						// 数据库连接池最大对象数;
+	DWORD g_dwDBPoolDef = 1;							// 数据库连接池默认对象数;
+
+	ModConfig g_ModConfig;
+	/************************************************************************/
+	/*  函数：[5/20/2016 IT];
+	/*  描述：;
+	/*  参数：;
+	/*  	[IN] ：;
+	/*  	[OUT] ：;
+	/*  	[IN/OUT] ：;
+	/*  返回：void;
+	/*  注意：;
+	/*  示例：;
+	/*
+	/*  修改：;
+	/*  日期：;
+	/*  内容：;
+	/************************************************************************/
+	int GetIniInfo(const TCHAR *szPath, const TCHAR *szIniName)
+	{
+		TCHAR szDrive[_MAX_DRIVE] = {0};
+		TCHAR szDir[_MAX_DIR] = {0};
+		TCHAR szFName[_MAX_FNAME] = {0};
+		TCHAR szExt[_MAX_EXT] = {0};
+		::GetModuleFileName(NULL, g_szModulePath, sizeof(g_szModulePath) / sizeof(TCHAR));
+		_stprintf_s(g_szModulePath, MAX_PATH, _T("%s"), g_szModulePath);
+
+		_tsplitpath_s(g_szModulePath, szDrive, szDir, szFName, szExt);
+		_tcscpy_s(g_szModulePath, szDrive);
+		_tcscat_s(g_szModulePath, szDir);
+
+		// -----------------------------------------------------//
+		TCHAR szIniPath[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+		if (szPath != NULL && szIniName != NULL)
+			_stprintf_s(szIniPath, _T("%s%s"), szPath, szIniName);
+		else
+			_stprintf_s(szIniPath, _T("%smod.ini"), g_szModulePath);
+
+		HANDLE hFile = CreateFile(szIniPath, 0/*GENERIC_READ*/, 0, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, 0, NULL);
+		if (ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND == GetLastError())
+		{
+			_stprintf_s(g_ModConfig.szModSavePath, _T("%smodules_svn.cfg"), g_szModulePath);
+			return -1;
+		}
+		CloseHandle(hFile);
+
+		// 获取服务器端信息;
+		GetPrivateProfileString(_T("Mod"), _T("DIR"), _T(""), g_ModConfig.szModSavePath, MAX_PATH, szIniPath);
+		if ( _tcslen(g_ModConfig.szModSavePath) == 0 )
+			_stprintf_s(g_ModConfig.szModSavePath, _T("%smodules_svn.cfg"), g_szModulePath);
+		
+		if (!g_bStdOut)
+		{
+			g_bStdOut = GetPrivateProfileInt(_T("NetWorkInfo"), _T("StdOut"), 0, szIniPath);
+			if (g_bStdOut)
+			{
+				AllocConsole();                             // 开辟控制台;
+				SetConsoleTitle(_T("调试输出"));			// 设置控制台窗口标题;
+				freopen("CONOUT$", "w+t", stdout);			// 重定向输出;
+				freopen("CONIN$", "r+t", stdin);			// 重定向输入;
+
+				HWND hWnd = NULL;
+			again:
+				hWnd = ::FindWindow(NULL, _T("调试输出"));
+				if (hWnd)
+				{
+					if (!::SetWindowPos(hWnd, HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE))
+					{
+						_tprintf(_T("前置设置失败\n"));
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						_tprintf(_T("前置设置成功\n"));
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					goto again;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	/************************************************************************/
+	/*  函数：WriteTextLog[7/28/2016 IT];
+	/*  描述：写文本日志;
+	/*  参数：;
+	/*  	[IN] ：;
+	/*  返回：void;
+	/*  注意：;
+	/*  示例：;
+	/*
+	/*  修改：;
+	/*  日期：;
+	/*  内容：;
+	/************************************************************************/
+	void WriteTextLog(const TCHAR *format, ...)
+	{
+		try
+		{
+			static ThreadSection _critSection;
+			AutoThreadSection aSection(&_critSection);
+			// 解析出日志路径;
+			TCHAR szlogpath[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+			static TCHAR szModulePath[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+			static TCHAR szFna[_MAX_DIR] = { 0 };
+			if ( szModulePath[0] == _T('\0') )
+			{
+				TCHAR szDrive[_MAX_DRIVE] = { 0 };
+				TCHAR szDir[_MAX_DIR] = { 0 };
+				TCHAR szExt[_MAX_DIR] = { 0 };
+				::GetModuleFileName(NULL, szModulePath, sizeof(szModulePath) / sizeof(TCHAR));
+				_tsplitpath_s(szModulePath, szDrive, szDir, szFna, szExt);
+				_tcscpy_s(szModulePath, szDrive);
+				_tcscat_s(szModulePath, szDir);
+			}
+
+			_stprintf_s(szlogpath, _T("%s%s%s.txt"), szModulePath, szFna, CTime::GetCurrentTime().Format("[%Y-%m-%d]"));
+
+			// 打开或创建文件;
+			CStdioFile fp;
+			if (PathFileExists(szlogpath))
+			{
+				if (fp.Open(szlogpath, CFile::modeWrite) == FALSE)
+				{
+					return;
+				}
+				fp.SeekToEnd();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if ( !fp.Open(szlogpath, CFile::modeCreate | CFile::modeWrite) )
+					return;
+			}
+
+			// 格式化前设置语言区域;
+			TCHAR* old_locale = _tcsdup(_tsetlocale(LC_CTYPE, NULL));
+			_tsetlocale(LC_CTYPE, _T("chs"));//设定中文;
+
+			// 格式化日志内容;
+			va_list		args = NULL;
+			int			len = 0;
+			TCHAR		*buffer = NULL;
+			va_start( args, format );
+			// _vscprintf doesn't count. terminating '\0'
+			len = _vsctprintf_p( format, args );
+			if ( len == -1 )
+			{
+				goto clear;
+			}
+
+			len++;
+			buffer = (TCHAR*)malloc( len * sizeof(TCHAR) );
+			_vstprintf_s( buffer, len, format, args ); // C4996
+			// Note: vsprintf is deprecated; consider using vsprintf_s instead
+
+			// 将日志内容输入到文件中;
+			fp.WriteString( CTime::GetCurrentTime().Format(_T("%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S ")) );
+			fp.WriteString(buffer);
+			fp.WriteString(_T("\n"));
+
+			// 关闭文件，释放资源并设置回原语言区域;
+			free( buffer );
+clear:
+			_tsetlocale(LC_CTYPE, old_locale);
+			free(old_locale);//还原区域设定;
+			fp.Close();
+		}
+		catch (CException *e)
+		{
+			e->ReportError();
+			e->Delete();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/************************************************************************/
+	/*  函数：[10/27/2016 IT];
+	/*  描述：;
+	/*  参数：;
+	/*  	[IN] ：;
+	/*  	[OUT] ：;
+	/*  	[IN/OUT] ：;
+	/*  返回：void;
+	/*  注意：;
+	/*  示例：;
+	/*
+	/*  修改：;
+	/*  日期：;
+	/*  内容：;
+	/************************************************************************/
+	TCHAR* GetGuidString()
+	{
+		GUID guid;
+		static TCHAR szBuf[64] = { 0 };
+		memset(szBuf, 0, 64 * sizeof(TCHAR));
+		CoInitialize(NULL);
+		if (S_OK == ::CoCreateGuid(&guid))
+		{
+			_stprintf_s(szBuf, 64, _T("%08X-%04X-%04X-%02X%02X-%02X%02X%02X%02X%02X%02X"),
+				guid.Data1,
+				guid.Data2,
+				guid.Data3,
+				guid.Data4[0],
+				guid.Data4[1],
+				guid.Data4[2],
+				guid.Data4[3],
+				guid.Data4[4],
+				guid.Data4[5],
+				guid.Data4[6],
+				guid.Data4[7]
+			);
+		}
+		CoUninitialize();
+
+		return szBuf;
+	}
+
+
+	//增加自动启动注册表项
+	INT AddAutoSysRun(LPBYTE lpExeFile,CONST DWORD &cbExeFile, LPCTSTR lpKeyName, INT iAutoRunSystem)
+	{
+		HKEY hKey = NULL;
+		DWORD dwErrorCode = 0;
+
+		//创建注册表，有该键则读取，无则创建
+		dwErrorCode = RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE,
+			_T("Software\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVersion\\Run"),
+			0,
+			NULL,
+			REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE,
+			KEY_ALL_ACCESS,	// 
+			//KEY_READ,
+			NULL, //Security
+			&hKey,
+			NULL);
+		if (dwErrorCode == ERROR_SUCCESS)
+		{
+			if (iAutoRunSystem)
+			{
+				dwErrorCode = RegSetValueEx(hKey, lpKeyName, NULL, REG_SZ, lpExeFile, cbExeFile);
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				dwErrorCode = RegDeleteValue(hKey, lpKeyName);
+				dwErrorCode = RegDeleteKey(hKey, lpKeyName);
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (NULL != hKey)
+			RegCloseKey(hKey);
+		hKey = NULL;
+
+		return 0;
+	}
+};

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/Global.h

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+#ifndef __GLOBAL_20160918__
+#define __GLOBAL_20160918__
+
+#pragma once
+
+#define DB_SS_CONN_WITH_PORT		_T("driver={SQL Server};Server=%s,%d;database=%s;uid=%s;pwd=%s")
+#define DB_SS_CONN_WITHOUT_PORT		_T("driver={SQL Server};Server=%s;database=%s;uid=%s;pwd=%s")
+#define DB_SS_CONN_WITHOUT_PORT2	_T("driver={SQL Server};Server=%s;database=%d;uid=%s;pwd=%s")
+#define DB_SW_CONN_WITH_PORT		_T("Driver={SQL Server};Server=%s,%d;Database=%s;Trusted_Connection=yes;")
+#define DB_SW_CONN_WITHOUT_PORT		_T("Driver={SQL Server};Server=%s;Database=%s;Trusted_Connection=yes;")
+#define DB_SW_CONN_WITHOUT_PORT2	_T("Driver={SQL Server};Server=%s;Database=%d;Trusted_Connection=yes;")
+
+namespace Global
+{
+	// 控制台输出;
+	extern BOOL g_bStdOut;
+	// 桌面宽度;
+	extern INT g_nDesktopWidth;
+	// 桌面高度;
+	extern INT g_nDesktopHeight;
+	// 任务栏高度;
+	extern INT g_nTrayWndHeight;
+	// x方向刻度;
+	extern double g_fScaleX;
+	// y方向刻度;
+	extern double g_fScaleY;
+	// 打印或显示设备的预设值和环境值;
+	extern DEVMODE g_devMode;		
+
+	extern TCHAR g_szModulePath[MAX_PATH];			// 软件目录;
+	extern TCHAR g_szModuleFileName[MAX_PATH];		// 软件名称;
+	extern TCHAR g_szConnectString[MAX_PATH];		// DB连接串;
+	// 服务器信息;
+	extern TCHAR g_szSvrAddress[MAX_PATH];			// 服务器IP地址;
+	extern TCHAR g_szDBSource[MAX_PATH];			// 数据库源(服务所在IP或计算机名);
+	extern TCHAR g_szDBSourcePort[MAX_PATH];		// 数据库源端口;
+	extern DWORD g_dwDBServerPort;					// 数据库源端口;
+	extern TCHAR g_szDBAccount[MAX_PATH];			// 数据库登录用户;
+	extern TCHAR g_szDBPassWord[MAX_PATH];			// 数据库登录密码;
+	extern TCHAR g_szDBName[MAX_PATH];				// 数据库名称;	
+	extern DWORD g_dwSvrPort;
+	extern DWORD g_dwDBPoolMaxCount;				// 数据库连接池最大对象数;
+	extern DWORD g_dwDBPoolDef;						// 数据库连接池默认对象数;
+	
+	typedef struct {
+		TCHAR szModSavePath[MAX_PATH];
+	}ModConfig;
+	extern ModConfig g_ModConfig;
+	extern int GetIniInfo(const TCHAR *szPath = NULL, const TCHAR *szIniName = NULL);
+	extern void WriteTextLog(const TCHAR *format, ...);
+	extern TCHAR* GetGuidString();
+	extern INT AddAutoSysRun(LPBYTE lpExeFile,CONST DWORD &cbExeFile, LPCTSTR lpKeyName, INT iAutoRunSystem);
+};
+
+#endif

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/ModuleSVNManager.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+// ModuleSVNManager.cpp : 定义应用程序的类行为。
+//
+
+#include "stdafx.h"
+#include "ModuleSVNManager.h"
+#include "ModuleSVNManagerDlg.h"
+
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+#define new DEBUG_NEW
+#endif
+
+
+// CModuleSVNManagerApp
+
+BEGIN_MESSAGE_MAP(CModuleSVNManagerApp, CWinApp)
+	ON_COMMAND(ID_HELP, &CWinApp::OnHelp)
+END_MESSAGE_MAP()
+
+
+// CModuleSVNManagerApp 构造
+
+CModuleSVNManagerApp::CModuleSVNManagerApp()
+{
+	// TODO: 在此处添加构造代码，
+	// 将所有重要的初始化放置在 InitInstance 中
+}
+
+
+// 唯一的一个 CModuleSVNManagerApp 对象
+
+CModuleSVNManagerApp theApp;
+
+
+// CModuleSVNManagerApp 初始化
+
+BOOL CModuleSVNManagerApp::InitInstance()
+{
+	// 如果一个运行在 Windows XP 上的应用程序清单指定要
+	// 使用 ComCtl32.dll 版本 6 或更高版本来启用可视化方式，
+	//则需要 InitCommonControlsEx()。否则，将无法创建窗口。
+	INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX InitCtrls;
+	InitCtrls.dwSize = sizeof(InitCtrls);
+	// 将它设置为包括所有要在应用程序中使用的
+	// 公共控件类。
+	InitCtrls.dwICC = ICC_WIN95_CLASSES;
+	InitCommonControlsEx(&InitCtrls);
+
+	CWinApp::InitInstance();
+
+	AfxEnableControlContainer();
+
+	Global::GetIniInfo();
+
+	// 标准初始化
+	// 如果未使用这些功能并希望减小
+	// 最终可执行文件的大小，则应移除下列
+	// 不需要的特定初始化例程
+	// 更改用于存储设置的注册表项
+	// TODO: 应适当修改该字符串，
+	// 例如修改为公司或组织名
+	SetRegistryKey(_T("应用程序向导生成的本地应用程序"));
+
+	CModuleSVNManagerDlg dlg;
+	m_pMainWnd = &dlg;
+	INT_PTR nResponse = dlg.DoModal();
+	if (nResponse == IDOK)
+	{
+		// TODO: 在此放置处理何时用
+		//  “确定”来关闭对话框的代码
+	}
+	else if (nResponse == IDCANCEL)
+	{
+		// TODO: 在此放置处理何时用
+		//  “取消”来关闭对话框的代码
+	}
+
+	// 由于对话框已关闭，所以将返回 FALSE 以便退出应用程序，
+	//  而不是启动应用程序的消息泵。
+	return FALSE;
+}

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/ModuleSVNManager.h

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+// ModuleSVNManager.h : PROJECT_NAME 应用程序的主头文件
+//
+
+#pragma once
+
+#ifndef __AFXWIN_H__
+	#error "在包含此文件之前包含“stdafx.h”以生成 PCH 文件"
+#endif
+
+#include "resource.h"		// 主符号
+
+
+// CModuleSVNManagerApp:
+// 有关此类的实现，请参阅 ModuleSVNManager.cpp
+//
+
+class CModuleSVNManagerApp : public CWinApp
+{
+public:
+	CModuleSVNManagerApp();
+
+// 重写
+	public:
+	virtual BOOL InitInstance();
+
+// 实现
+
+	DECLARE_MESSAGE_MAP()
+};
+
+extern CModuleSVNManagerApp theApp;

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/ModuleSVNManager.rc

@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+// Microsoft Visual C++ generated resource script.
+//
+#include "resource.h"
+
+#define APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Generated from the TEXTINCLUDE 2 resource.
+//
+#ifndef APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+#include "targetver.h"
+#endif
+#include "afxres.h"
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#undef APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// 中文(中华人民共和国) resources
+
+#if !defined(AFX_RESOURCE_DLL) || defined(AFX_TARG_CHS)
+#ifdef _WIN32
+LANGUAGE LANG_CHINESE, SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED
+#pragma code_page(936)
+#endif //_WIN32
+
+#ifdef APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// TEXTINCLUDE
+//
+
+1 TEXTINCLUDE 
+BEGIN
+    "resource.h\0"
+END
+
+2 TEXTINCLUDE 
+BEGIN
+    "#ifndef APSTUDIO_INVOKED\r\n"
+    "#include ""targetver.h""\r\n"
+    "#endif\r\n"
+    "#include ""afxres.h""\r\n"
+    "\0"
+END
+
+3 TEXTINCLUDE 
+BEGIN
+    "#define _AFX_NO_SPLITTER_RESOURCES\r\n"
+    "#define _AFX_NO_OLE_RESOURCES\r\n"
+    "#define _AFX_NO_TRACKER_RESOURCES\r\n"
+    "#define _AFX_NO_PROPERTY_RESOURCES\r\n"
+    "\r\n"
+    "#if !defined(AFX_RESOURCE_DLL) || defined(AFX_TARG_CHS)\r\n"
+    "LANGUAGE 4, 2\r\n"
+    "#pragma code_page(936)\r\n"
+    "#include ""res\\ModuleSVNManager.rc2""  // 非 Microsoft Visual C++ 编辑的资源\r\n"
+    "#include ""l.CHS\\afxres.rc""      // 标准组件\r\n"
+    "#endif\r\n"
+    "\0"
+END
+
+#endif    // APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Icon
+//
+
+// Icon with lowest ID value placed first to ensure application icon
+// remains consistent on all systems.
+IDR_MAINFRAME           ICON                    "res\\ModuleSVNManager.ico"
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Dialog
+//
+
+IDD_ABOUTBOX DIALOGEX 0, 0, 170, 62
+STYLE DS_SETFONT | DS_MODALFRAME | DS_FIXEDSYS | WS_POPUP | WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU
+CAPTION "关于 ModuleSVNManager"
+FONT 9, "MS Shell Dlg", 0, 0, 0x1
+BEGIN
+    ICON            IDR_MAINFRAME,IDC_STATIC,14,14,21,20
+    LTEXT           "ModuleSVNManager，1.0 版",IDC_STATIC,42,14,114,8,SS_NOPREFIX
+    LTEXT           "Copyright (C) 2020",IDC_STATIC,42,26,114,8
+    DEFPUSHBUTTON   "确定",IDOK,113,41,50,14,WS_GROUP
+END
+
+IDD_MODULESVNMANAGER_DIALOG DIALOGEX 0, 0, 469, 306
+STYLE DS_SETFONT | DS_MODALFRAME | DS_FIXEDSYS | WS_MINIMIZEBOX | WS_POPUP | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU
+EXSTYLE WS_EX_APPWINDOW
+CAPTION "ModuleSVNManager"
+FONT 9, "MS Shell Dlg", 0, 0, 0x1
+BEGIN
+    DEFPUSHBUTTON   "保存到文件",IDOK,352,279,50,14
+    PUSHBUTTON      "退出程序",IDCANCEL,404,279,50,14
+    LTEXT           "名称：",IDC_STATIC,12,18,22,8
+    EDITTEXT        ET_MOD_NAME,33,16,48,14,ES_AUTOHSCROLL
+    LTEXT           "版本：",IDC_STATIC,92,18,21,8
+    EDITTEXT        ET_MOD_VER,112,16,40,14,ES_AUTOHSCROLL | ES_NUMBER
+    LTEXT           "名称：",IDC_STATIC,164,18,22,8
+    EDITTEXT        ET_MOD_ADDR,185,16,208,14,ES_AUTOHSCROLL
+    PUSHBUTTON      "添加",BTN_OPERATION,397,16,50,14
+    GROUPBOX        "操作",IDC_STATIC,7,3,452,35
+    CONTROL         "",LIST_DB_MOD,"SysListView32",LVS_REPORT | LVS_SHOWSELALWAYS | LVS_ALIGNLEFT | WS_BORDER | WS_TABSTOP,15,54,440,215
+    GROUPBOX        "已录模块",IDC_STATIC,7,41,452,234
+END
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Version
+//
+
+VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
+ FILEVERSION 1,0,0,1
+ PRODUCTVERSION 1,0,0,1
+ FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+ FILEFLAGS 0x1L
+#else
+ FILEFLAGS 0x0L
+#endif
+ FILEOS 0x4L
+ FILETYPE 0x1L
+ FILESUBTYPE 0x0L
+BEGIN
+    BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
+    BEGIN
+        BLOCK "080403a8"
+        BEGIN
+            VALUE "CompanyName", "TODO: <公司名>"
+            VALUE "FileDescription", "TODO: <文件说明>"
+            VALUE "FileVersion", "1.0.0.1"
+            VALUE "InternalName", "ModuleSVNManager.exe"
+            VALUE "LegalCopyright", "TODO: (C) <公司名>。保留所有权利。"
+            VALUE "OriginalFilename", "ModuleSVNManager.exe"
+            VALUE "ProductName", "TODO: <产品名>"
+            VALUE "ProductVersion", "1.0.0.1"
+        END
+    END
+    BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
+    BEGIN
+        VALUE "Translation", 0x804, 936
+    END
+END
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// DESIGNINFO
+//
+
+#ifdef APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+GUIDELINES DESIGNINFO 
+BEGIN
+    IDD_ABOUTBOX, DIALOG
+    BEGIN
+        LEFTMARGIN, 7
+        RIGHTMARGIN, 163
+        TOPMARGIN, 7
+        BOTTOMMARGIN, 55
+    END
+
+    IDD_MODULESVNMANAGER_DIALOG, DIALOG
+    BEGIN
+        LEFTMARGIN, 7
+        RIGHTMARGIN, 462
+        TOPMARGIN, 7
+        BOTTOMMARGIN, 299
+    END
+END
+#endif    // APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// String Table
+//
+
+STRINGTABLE 
+BEGIN
+    IDS_ABOUTBOX            "关于 ModuleSVNManager(&A)..."
+END
+
+#endif    // 中文(中华人民共和国) resources
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+
+#ifndef APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Generated from the TEXTINCLUDE 3 resource.
+//
+#define _AFX_NO_SPLITTER_RESOURCES
+#define _AFX_NO_OLE_RESOURCES
+#define _AFX_NO_TRACKER_RESOURCES
+#define _AFX_NO_PROPERTY_RESOURCES
+
+#if !defined(AFX_RESOURCE_DLL) || defined(AFX_TARG_CHS)
+LANGUAGE 4, 2
+#pragma code_page(936)
+#include "res\ModuleSVNManager.rc2"  // 非 Microsoft Visual C++ 编辑的资源
+#include "l.CHS\afxres.rc"      // 标准组件
+#endif
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#endif    // not APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/ModuleSVNManager.vcproj

@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="gb2312"?>
+<VisualStudioProject
+	ProjectType="Visual C++"
+	Version="9.00"
+	Name="ModuleSVNManager"
+	ProjectGUID="{B3290F7E-5D1F-4C5E-BDCB-71007D0A9DAC}"
+	RootNamespace="ModuleSVNManager"
+	Keyword="MFCProj"
+	TargetFrameworkVersion="196613"
+	>
+	<Platforms>
+		<Platform
+			Name="Win32"
+		/>
+	</Platforms>
+	<ToolFiles>
+	</ToolFiles>
+	<Configurations>
+		<Configuration
+			Name="Debug|Win32"
+			OutputDirectory="..\..\..\..\bin\$(SolutionName)"
+			IntermediateDirectory="$(OutDir)\$(ProjectName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+			ConfigurationType="1"
+			UseOfMFC="2"
+			CharacterSet="2"
+			>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCMIDLTool"
+				PreprocessorDefinitions="_DEBUG"
+				MkTypLibCompatible="false"
+				ValidateParameters="true"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+				Optimization="0"
+				PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;_WINDOWS;_DEBUG"
+				MinimalRebuild="true"
+				BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
+				RuntimeLibrary="3"
+				UsePrecompiledHeader="2"
+				WarningLevel="3"
+				DebugInformationFormat="4"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+				PreprocessorDefinitions="_DEBUG"
+				Culture="2052"
+				AdditionalIncludeDirectories="$(IntDir)"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCLinkerTool"
+				LinkIncremental="2"
+				GenerateDebugInformation="true"
+				SubSystem="2"
+				TargetMachine="1"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCALinkTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCManifestTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCFxCopTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCAppVerifierTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+			/>
+		</Configuration>
+		<Configuration
+			Name="Release|Win32"
+			OutputDirectory="..\..\..\..\bin\$(SolutionName)"
+			IntermediateDirectory="$(OutDir)\$(ProjectName)\$(ConfigurationName)"
+			ConfigurationType="1"
+			UseOfMFC="1"
+			CharacterSet="2"
+			WholeProgramOptimization="1"
+			>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCCustomBuildTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCMIDLTool"
+				PreprocessorDefinitions="NDEBUG"
+				MkTypLibCompatible="false"
+				ValidateParameters="true"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+				Optimization="2"
+				EnableIntrinsicFunctions="true"
+				PreprocessorDefinitions="WIN32;_WINDOWS;NDEBUG"
+				MinimalRebuild="false"
+				RuntimeLibrary="0"
+				EnableFunctionLevelLinking="true"
+				UsePrecompiledHeader="2"
+				WarningLevel="3"
+				DebugInformationFormat="3"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCManagedResourceCompilerTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+				PreprocessorDefinitions="NDEBUG"
+				Culture="2052"
+				AdditionalIncludeDirectories="$(IntDir)"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCLinkerTool"
+				LinkIncremental="1"
+				GenerateDebugInformation="true"
+				SubSystem="2"
+				OptimizeReferences="2"
+				EnableCOMDATFolding="2"
+				TargetMachine="1"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCALinkTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCManifestTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCXDCMakeTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCBscMakeTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCFxCopTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCAppVerifierTool"
+			/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"
+			/>
+		</Configuration>
+	</Configurations>
+	<References>
+	</References>
+	<Files>
+		<Filter
+			Name="Ô´Îļþ"
+			Filter="cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx"
+			UniqueIdentifier="{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}"
+			>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\Base64.cpp"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\CharEncoding.cpp"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\DataImpl.cpp"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\filehelper.cpp"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\findfile.cpp"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\Global.cpp"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\ModuleSVNManager.cpp"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\ModuleSVNManagerDlg.cpp"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\stdafx.cpp"
+				>
+				<FileConfiguration
+					Name="Debug|Win32"
+					>
+					<Tool
+						Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+						UsePrecompiledHeader="1"
+					/>
+				</FileConfiguration>
+				<FileConfiguration
+					Name="Release|Win32"
+					>
+					<Tool
+						Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+						UsePrecompiledHeader="1"
+					/>
+				</FileConfiguration>
+			</File>
+		</Filter>
+		<Filter
+			Name="Í·Îļþ"
+			Filter="h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd"
+			UniqueIdentifier="{93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB}"
+			>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\Base64.h"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\CharEncoding.h"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\Const.h"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\CritSection.h"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\DataImpl.h"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\filehelper.h"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\findfile.h"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\Global.h"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\ModuleSVNManager.h"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\ModuleSVNManagerDlg.h"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\Resource.h"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\sqlite3.h"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\stdafx.h"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\TableInfo.h"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\targetver.h"
+				>
+			</File>
+		</Filter>
+		<Filter
+			Name="×ÊÔ´Îļþ"
+			Filter="rc;ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe;resx;tiff;tif;png;wav"
+			UniqueIdentifier="{67DA6AB6-F800-4c08-8B7A-83BB121AAD01}"
+			>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\res\ModuleSVNManager.ico"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\ModuleSVNManager.rc"
+				>
+			</File>
+			<File
+				RelativePath=".\res\ModuleSVNManager.rc2"
+				>
+			</File>
+		</Filter>
+		<File
+			RelativePath=".\ReadMe.txt"
+			>
+		</File>
+	</Files>
+	<Globals>
+		<Global
+			Name="RESOURCE_FILE"
+			Value="ModuleSVNManager.rc"
+		/>
+	</Globals>
+</VisualStudioProject>

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/ModuleSVNManagerDlg.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,444 @@
+// ModuleSVNManagerDlg.cpp : 实现文件
+//
+
+#include "stdafx.h"
+#include "ModuleSVNManager.h"
+#include "ModuleSVNManagerDlg.h"
+
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+#define new DEBUG_NEW
+#endif
+
+
+// 用于应用程序“关于”菜单项的 CAboutDlg 对话框
+
+class CAboutDlg : public CDialog
+{
+public:
+	CAboutDlg();
+
+// 对话框数据
+	enum { IDD = IDD_ABOUTBOX };
+
+	protected:
+	virtual void DoDataExchange(CDataExchange* pDX);    // DDX/DDV 支持
+
+// 实现
+protected:
+	DECLARE_MESSAGE_MAP()
+};
+
+CAboutDlg::CAboutDlg() : CDialog(CAboutDlg::IDD)
+{
+}
+
+void CAboutDlg::DoDataExchange(CDataExchange* pDX)
+{
+	CDialog::DoDataExchange(pDX);
+}
+
+BEGIN_MESSAGE_MAP(CAboutDlg, CDialog)
+END_MESSAGE_MAP()
+
+
+// CModuleSVNManagerDlg 对话框
+
+
+
+
+CModuleSVNManagerDlg::CModuleSVNManagerDlg(CWnd* pParent /*=NULL*/)
+	: CDialog(CModuleSVNManagerDlg::IDD, pParent)
+{
+	m_hIcon = AfxGetApp()->LoadIcon(IDR_MAINFRAME);
+}
+
+void CModuleSVNManagerDlg::DoDataExchange(CDataExchange* pDX)
+{
+	CDialog::DoDataExchange(pDX);
+	DDX_Control(pDX, LIST_DB_MOD, m_list_modDB);
+}
+
+BEGIN_MESSAGE_MAP(CModuleSVNManagerDlg, CDialog)
+	ON_WM_SYSCOMMAND()
+	ON_WM_PAINT()
+	ON_WM_QUERYDRAGICON()
+	//}}AFX_MSG_MAP
+	ON_BN_CLICKED(BTN_OPERATION, &CModuleSVNManagerDlg::OnBnClickedOperation)
+	ON_NOTIFY(NM_CLICK, LIST_DB_MOD, &CModuleSVNManagerDlg::OnNMClickDbMod)
+	ON_NOTIFY(NM_DBLCLK, LIST_DB_MOD, &CModuleSVNManagerDlg::OnNMDblclkDbMod)
+	ON_NOTIFY(NM_RDBLCLK, LIST_DB_MOD, &CModuleSVNManagerDlg::OnNMRDblclkDbMod)
+	ON_BN_CLICKED(IDOK, &CModuleSVNManagerDlg::OnBnClickedOk)
+	ON_BN_CLICKED(IDCANCEL, &CModuleSVNManagerDlg::OnBnClickedCancel)
+END_MESSAGE_MAP()
+
+
+// CModuleSVNManagerDlg 消息处理程序
+
+BOOL CModuleSVNManagerDlg::OnInitDialog()
+{
+	CDialog::OnInitDialog();
+
+	// 将“关于...”菜单项添加到系统菜单中。
+
+	// IDM_ABOUTBOX 必须在系统命令范围内。
+	ASSERT((IDM_ABOUTBOX & 0xFFF0) == IDM_ABOUTBOX);
+	ASSERT(IDM_ABOUTBOX < 0xF000);
+
+	CMenu* pSysMenu = GetSystemMenu(FALSE);
+	if (pSysMenu != NULL)
+	{
+		CString strAboutMenu;
+		strAboutMenu.LoadString(IDS_ABOUTBOX);
+		if (!strAboutMenu.IsEmpty())
+		{
+			pSysMenu->AppendMenu(MF_SEPARATOR);
+			pSysMenu->AppendMenu(MF_STRING, IDM_ABOUTBOX, strAboutMenu);
+		}
+	}
+
+	// 设置此对话框的图标。当应用程序主窗口不是对话框时，框架将自动
+	//  执行此操作
+	SetIcon(m_hIcon, TRUE);			// 设置大图标
+	SetIcon(m_hIcon, FALSE);		// 设置小图标
+
+	// TODO: 在此添加额外的初始化代码
+	LoadData();
+	InitCtrl();
+	FillData2List();
+
+	return TRUE;  // 除非将焦点设置到控件，否则返回 TRUE
+}
+
+void CModuleSVNManagerDlg::OnSysCommand(UINT nID, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+	if ((nID & 0xFFF0) == IDM_ABOUTBOX)
+	{
+		CAboutDlg dlgAbout;
+		dlgAbout.DoModal();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		CDialog::OnSysCommand(nID, lParam);
+	}
+}
+
+// 如果向对话框添加最小化按钮，则需要下面的代码
+//  来绘制该图标。对于使用文档/视图模型的 MFC 应用程序，
+//  这将由框架自动完成。
+
+void CModuleSVNManagerDlg::OnPaint()
+{
+	if (IsIconic())
+	{
+		CPaintDC dc(this); // 用于绘制的设备上下文
+
+		SendMessage(WM_ICONERASEBKGND, reinterpret_cast<WPARAM>(dc.GetSafeHdc()), 0);
+
+		// 使图标在工作区矩形中居中
+		int cxIcon = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXICON);
+		int cyIcon = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYICON);
+		CRect rect;
+		GetClientRect(&rect);
+		int x = (rect.Width() - cxIcon + 1) / 2;
+		int y = (rect.Height() - cyIcon + 1) / 2;
+
+		// 绘制图标
+		dc.DrawIcon(x, y, m_hIcon);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		CDialog::OnPaint();
+	}
+}
+
+//当用户拖动最小化窗口时系统调用此函数取得光标
+//显示。
+HCURSOR CModuleSVNManagerDlg::OnQueryDragIcon()
+{
+	return static_cast<HCURSOR>(m_hIcon);
+}
+
+void CModuleSVNManagerDlg::LoadData()
+{
+	// 加载数据库;
+	m_vtDbModInfo.clear();
+	CDataImpl::GetInstance()->QueryModInfo(m_vtDbModInfo);
+
+	// 按行读取文件内容;
+	CString strLine;
+	CStdioFile sfile;
+	CFileException exp;
+	if ( sfile.Open(Global::g_ModConfig.szModSavePath, CFile::modeRead, &exp) ) {
+		while (sfile.ReadString(strLine)) {
+			// Format:[MODULE],Name,svn url,svn version;
+			if ( !strLine.IsEmpty() ) {
+				TCHAR szModule[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+				TCHAR szModName[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+				TCHAR szModAddress[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+				TCHAR szModVersion[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+
+				int nRet = _stscanf_s (strLine.GetString(), _T("%[^,],%[^,],%[^,],%[^,]"), szModule, MAX_PATH, szModName, MAX_PATH, szModAddress, MAX_PATH, szModVersion, MAX_PATH);
+				//int nRet = sscanf(strLine.GetString(),  _T("%[^,],%[^,],%[^,],%[^,]"), szModule, szModName, szModAddress, szModVersion);
+				if ( nRet == 4 ) {
+					SetCheck(szModName);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		sfile.Close();
+	}
+}
+
+void CModuleSVNManagerDlg::InitCtrl()
+{
+	int nIndex = 0;
+	// 初始化设备列表;
+	m_list_modDB.InsertColumn(nIndex, "模块名");
+	m_list_modDB.SetColumnWidth(nIndex++, 100);
+	m_list_modDB.InsertColumn(nIndex, "模块版本");
+	m_list_modDB.SetColumnWidth(nIndex++, 100);
+	m_list_modDB.InsertColumn(nIndex, "模块地址");
+	m_list_modDB.SetColumnWidth(nIndex++, 360);
+	m_list_modDB.SetExtendedStyle(m_list_modDB.GetExtendedStyle() | LVS_EX_CHECKBOXES | LVS_EX_GRIDLINES | LVS_EX_FULLROWSELECT);
+}
+
+void CModuleSVNManagerDlg::FillData2List()
+{
+	int nIndex = 0;
+	// 加载db数据;
+	m_list_modDB.DeleteAllItems();
+	for (std::vector<STModInfo*>::iterator it = m_vtDbModInfo.begin(); it != m_vtDbModInfo.end(); it++ ) {
+		nIndex = m_list_modDB.InsertItem(nIndex, (*it)->strName.c_str());
+		m_list_modDB.SetItemText(nIndex, 1, (*it)->strVersion.c_str());
+		m_list_modDB.SetItemText(nIndex, 2, (*it)->strAddress.c_str());
+		m_list_modDB.SetCheck(nIndex, (*it)->_check);
+		m_list_modDB.SetItemData(nIndex, (DWORD_PTR)(*it));
+		// 移动插入位置;
+		nIndex++;
+	}
+}
+
+void CModuleSVNManagerDlg::SetCheck(std::string strModName)
+{
+	for (std::vector<STModInfo*>::iterator it = m_vtDbModInfo.begin(); it != m_vtDbModInfo.end(); it++ ) {
+		if ( _tcsicmp((*it)->strName.c_str(), strModName.c_str()) == 0 ) {
+			(*it)->_check = true;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void CModuleSVNManagerDlg::InsertList_modDB(STModInfo *pModInfo)
+{
+	m_vtDbModInfo.push_back(pModInfo);
+	int nCount = m_list_modDB.GetItemCount();
+	// 插入新行;
+	m_list_modDB.InsertItem(nCount, pModInfo->strName.c_str());
+	m_list_modDB.SetItemText(nCount, 1, pModInfo->strVersion.c_str());
+	m_list_modDB.SetItemText(nCount, 2, pModInfo->strAddress.c_str());
+	m_list_modDB.SetItemData(nCount, (DWORD_PTR)pModInfo);
+}
+
+void CModuleSVNManagerDlg::SetEditLockStatus(BOOL bLock /* = TRUE */)
+{
+	GetDlgItem(ET_MOD_NAME)->EnableWindow(!bLock);
+	GetDlgItem(ET_MOD_VER)->EnableWindow(!bLock);
+	GetDlgItem(ET_MOD_ADDR)->EnableWindow(!bLock);
+	if ( bLock )
+		SetDlgItemText(BTN_OPERATION, _T("修改"));
+	else
+	{
+		CString strText;
+		GetDlgItemText(BTN_OPERATION, strText);
+		if ( strText == _T("修改") )
+			SetDlgItemText(BTN_OPERATION, _T("保存"));
+		else
+			SetDlgItemText(BTN_OPERATION, _T("添加"));
+	}
+}
+
+void CModuleSVNManagerDlg::OnBnClickedOperation()
+{
+	// TODO: 在此添加控件通知处理程序代码
+	CString strOptName = _T("");
+	GetDlgItemText(BTN_OPERATION, strOptName);
+
+	CString strModName, strModVer, strModAddr;
+	GetDlgItemText(ET_MOD_NAME, strModName);
+	GetDlgItemText(ET_MOD_VER, strModVer);
+	GetDlgItemText(ET_MOD_ADDR, strModAddr);
+
+	if ( strModName.IsEmpty() ) {
+		MessageBox(_T("模块名空！"), _T("提醒！"), MB_OK|MB_ICONWARNING);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if ( strModVer.IsEmpty() ) {
+		MessageBox(_T("版本号空！"), _T("提醒！"), MB_OK|MB_ICONWARNING);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if ( strModAddr.IsEmpty() ) {
+		MessageBox(_T("SVN地址空！"), _T("提醒！"), MB_OK|MB_ICONWARNING);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if ( strOptName == _T("添加") )	{
+		// 加入数据空;
+		STModInfo* pModInfo = new STModInfo();
+		pModInfo->strName = strModName.GetString();
+		pModInfo->strVersion = strModVer.GetString();
+		pModInfo->strAddress =  strModAddr.GetString();
+		pModInfo->_check = false;
+
+		if ( CDataImpl::GetInstance()->InsertModInfo(*pModInfo) )
+		{
+			MessageBox(_T("添加成功！"), _T("提醒！"), MB_OK|MB_ICONWARNING);
+			// 添加新项;
+			InsertList_modDB(pModInfo);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			MessageBox(_T("添加失败！"), _T("提醒！"), MB_OK|MB_ICONWARNING);
+		}
+	}
+	else if ( strOptName == _T("修改")) {
+		// 解锁控件;
+		SetEditLockStatus(FALSE);
+	}
+	else if (strOptName == _T("保存")) {
+		// 获取选中行;
+		POSITION pos = m_list_modDB.GetFirstSelectedItemPosition();
+		if ( pos ) {
+			int nSelIndex = m_list_modDB.GetNextSelectedItem(pos);
+			if ( nSelIndex ) {
+				STModInfo *pModInfo = (STModInfo*)m_list_modDB.GetItemData(nSelIndex);
+				if ( pModInfo ) {
+					// 修改值;
+					pModInfo->strVersion = strModVer.GetString();
+					pModInfo->strAddress = strModAddr.GetString();
+					// 更新数据库;
+					if ( CDataImpl::GetInstance()->UpdateModInfo(*pModInfo) )
+					{
+						MessageBox(_T("修改成功！"), _T("提醒！"), MB_OK|MB_ICONWARNING);
+						// 更新内容;
+						m_list_modDB.SetItemText(nSelIndex, 1, pModInfo->strVersion.c_str());
+						m_list_modDB.SetItemText(nSelIndex, 2, pModInfo->strAddress.c_str());
+						m_list_modDB.SetItemData(nSelIndex, (DWORD_PTR)pModInfo);
+						//UpdateData(FALSE);
+					}
+					else
+						MessageBox(_T("修改失败！"), _T("提醒！"), MB_OK|MB_ICONWARNING);
+				}				
+			}
+		}		
+	}
+}
+
+// 双击实现打勾;
+void CModuleSVNManagerDlg::OnNMClickDbMod(NMHDR *pNMHDR, LRESULT *pResult)
+{
+	LPNMITEMACTIVATE pNMItemActivate = reinterpret_cast<LPNMITEMACTIVATE>(pNMHDR);
+	// TODO: 在此添加控件通知处理程序代码
+	*pResult = 0;
+
+	if ( pNMItemActivate->iItem != -1) {
+		STModInfo *pModInfo = (STModInfo *)m_list_modDB.GetItemData(pNMItemActivate->iItem);
+		if ( pModInfo ) {
+			// 锁定控件;
+			SetEditLockStatus(TRUE);
+			// 显示内容;
+			SetDlgItemText(ET_MOD_NAME, pModInfo->strName.c_str());
+			SetDlgItemText(ET_MOD_VER, pModInfo->strVersion.c_str());
+			SetDlgItemText(ET_MOD_ADDR, pModInfo->strAddress.c_str());
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		// 解锁控件;
+		if ( m_list_modDB.GetSelectedCount() == 0 ) {
+			SetEditLockStatus(FALSE);
+			SetDlgItemText(BTN_OPERATION, _T("添加"));
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void CModuleSVNManagerDlg::OnNMDblclkDbMod(NMHDR *pNMHDR, LRESULT *pResult)
+{
+	LPNMITEMACTIVATE pNMItemActivate = reinterpret_cast<LPNMITEMACTIVATE>(pNMHDR);
+	// TODO: 在此添加控件通知处理程序代码
+	*pResult = 0;
+
+	if ( pNMItemActivate->iItem != -1) {
+		STModInfo *pModInfo = (STModInfo *)m_list_modDB.GetItemData(pNMItemActivate->iItem);
+		if ( pModInfo ) {
+			pModInfo->_check = !pModInfo->_check; 
+			m_list_modDB.SetCheck(pNMItemActivate->iItem, pModInfo->_check);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// 双击右键删除;
+void CModuleSVNManagerDlg::OnNMRDblclkDbMod(NMHDR *pNMHDR, LRESULT *pResult)
+{
+	LPNMITEMACTIVATE pNMItemActivate = reinterpret_cast<LPNMITEMACTIVATE>(pNMHDR);
+	// TODO: 在此添加控件通知处理程序代码
+	*pResult = 0;
+
+	if ( pNMItemActivate->iItem != -1) {
+		STModInfo *pModInfo = (STModInfo *)m_list_modDB.GetItemData(pNMItemActivate->iItem);
+		if ( pModInfo ) {
+			if ( CDataImpl::GetInstance()->DeleteModInfo(*pModInfo) ) {
+				MessageBox(_T("删除成功！"), _T("提醒！"), MB_OK|MB_ICONWARNING);
+				// 从列表中移除;
+				m_list_modDB.SetItemData(pNMItemActivate->iItem, NULL);
+				m_list_modDB.DeleteItem(pNMItemActivate->iItem);
+				// 从容器中移除;
+				for ( std::vector<STModInfo*>::iterator it = m_vtDbModInfo.begin(); it != m_vtDbModInfo.end(); it++ ) {
+					if ( pModInfo == (*it) ) {
+						m_vtDbModInfo.erase(it);
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				UpdateData();
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				MessageBox(_T("删除失败！"), _T("提醒！"), MB_OK|MB_ICONWARNING);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void CModuleSVNManagerDlg::OnBnClickedOk()
+{
+	// TODO: 在此添加控件通知处理程序代码
+	CString str;
+	CStdioFile sfile;
+	CFileException exp;  // CFile::modeCreate标识会清空之前的内容;
+	if ( sfile.Open(Global::g_ModConfig.szModSavePath, CFile::modeCreate|CFile::modeReadWrite) ) {
+		for ( std::vector<STModInfo*>::iterator it = m_vtDbModInfo.begin(); it != m_vtDbModInfo.end(); it++ ) {
+			STModInfo *p = *it;
+			if ( p->_check ) {
+				str.Format(_T("[MOUDLE],%s,%s,%s\r"), p->strName.c_str(), p->strAddress.c_str(), p->strVersion.c_str());
+				sfile.WriteString(str);	
+			}
+		}
+
+		sfile.Flush();	// 强制缓冲写入;
+		sfile.Close();
+	}	
+}
+
+void CModuleSVNManagerDlg::OnBnClickedCancel()
+{
+	// TODO: 在此添加控件通知处理程序代码
+	STModInfo *p = NULL;
+	for (std::vector<STModInfo*>::iterator it = m_vtDbModInfo.begin(); it != m_vtDbModInfo.end(); ) {
+		p = (*it);
+		delete p;
+		p = NULL;
+		it = m_vtDbModInfo.erase(it);		
+	}
+
+	OnCancel();
+}

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/ModuleSVNManagerDlg.h

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+// ModuleSVNManagerDlg.h : 头文件
+//
+
+#pragma once
+#include "afxcmn.h"
+
+
+// CModuleSVNManagerDlg 对话框
+class CModuleSVNManagerDlg : public CDialog
+{
+// 构造
+public:
+	CModuleSVNManagerDlg(CWnd* pParent = NULL);	// 标准构造函数
+
+// 对话框数据
+	enum { IDD = IDD_MODULESVNMANAGER_DIALOG };
+
+	protected:
+	virtual void DoDataExchange(CDataExchange* pDX);	// DDX/DDV 支持
+
+
+// 实现
+protected:
+	HICON m_hIcon;
+
+	// 生成的消息映射函数
+	virtual BOOL OnInitDialog();
+	afx_msg void OnSysCommand(UINT nID, LPARAM lParam);
+	afx_msg void OnPaint();
+	afx_msg HCURSOR OnQueryDragIcon();
+	DECLARE_MESSAGE_MAP()
+public:
+	CListCtrl m_list_modDB;
+	// 数据库内的模块信息;
+	std::vector<STModInfo*> m_vtDbModInfo;
+public:
+	void LoadData();
+	void InitCtrl();
+	void FillData2List();
+	void SetCheck(std::string strModName);
+	void InsertList_modDB(STModInfo *pModInfo);
+	void SetEditLockStatus(BOOL bLock = TRUE);
+	afx_msg void OnBnClickedOperation();	
+	afx_msg void OnNMClickDbMod(NMHDR *pNMHDR, LRESULT *pResult);
+	afx_msg void OnNMDblclkDbMod(NMHDR *pNMHDR, LRESULT *pResult);
+	afx_msg void OnNMRDblclkDbMod(NMHDR *pNMHDR, LRESULT *pResult);
+	afx_msg void OnBnClickedOk();
+	afx_msg void OnBnClickedCancel();
+};

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/ReadMe.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+================================================================================
+MICROSOFT 基础类库: ModuleSVNManager 项目概述
+===============================================================================
+
+应用程序向导已为您创建了这个 ModuleSVNManager 应用程序。此应用程序不仅演示 Microsoft 基础类的基本使用方法，还可作为您编写应用程序的起点。
+
+本文件概要介绍组成 ModuleSVNManager 应用程序的每个文件的内容。
+
+ModuleSVNManager.vcproj
+这是使用应用程序向导生成的 VC++ 项目的主项目文件。 
+它包含生成该文件的 Visual C++ 的版本信息，以及有关使用应用程序向导选择的平台、配置和项目功能的信息。
+
+ModuleSVNManager.h
+这是应用程序的主要头文件。它包括其他项目特定的头文件(包括 Resource.h)，并声明 CModuleSVNManagerApp 应用程序类。
+
+ModuleSVNManager.cpp
+这是包含应用程序类 CModuleSVNManagerApp 的主要应用程序源文件。
+
+ModuleSVNManager.rc
+这是程序使用的所有 Microsoft Windows 资源的列表。它包括 RES 子目录中存储的图标、位图和光标。此文件可以直接在 Microsoft Visual C++ 中进行编辑。项目资源位于 2052 中。
+
+res\ModuleSVNManager.ico
+这是用作应用程序图标的图标文件。此图标包括在主要资源文件 ModuleSVNManager.rc 中。
+
+res\ModuleSVNManager.rc2
+此文件包含不在 Microsoft Visual C++ 中进行编辑的资源。您应该将不可由资源编辑器编辑的所有资源放在此文件中。
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+应用程序向导创建一个对话框类:
+
+ModuleSVNManagerDlg.h，ModuleSVNManagerDlg.cpp - 对话框
+这些文件包含 CModuleSVNManagerDlg 类。该类定义应用程序主对话框的行为。该对话框的模板位于 ModuleSVNManager.rc 中，该文件可以在 Microsoft Visual C++ 中进行编辑。
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+其他功能:
+
+ActiveX 控件
+应用程序包括对使用 ActiveX 控件的支持。
+
+打印及打印预览支持
+应用程序向导已通过从 MFC 库调用 CView 类中的成员函数，生成了用于处理打印、打印设置和打印预览命令的代码。
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+其他标准文件:
+
+StdAfx.h，StdAfx.cpp
+这些文件用于生成名为 ModuleSVNManager.pch 的预编译头 (PCH) 文件和名为 StdAfx.obj 的预编译类型文件。
+
+Resource.h
+这是标准头文件，它定义新的资源 ID。
+Microsoft Visual C++ 读取并更新此文件。
+
+ModuleSVNManager.manifest
+	应用程序清单文件供 Windows XP 用来描述应用程序
+	对特定版本并行程序集的依赖性。加载程序使用此
+	信息从程序集缓存加载适当的程序集或
+	从应用程序加载私有信息。应用程序清单可能为了重新分发而作为
+	与应用程序可执行文件安装在相同文件夹中的外部 .manifest 文件包括，
+	也可能以资源的形式包括在该可执行文件中。 
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+其他注释:
+
+应用程序向导使用“TODO:”指示应添加或自定义的源代码部分。
+
+如果应用程序在共享的 DLL 中使用 MFC，则需要重新发布这些 MFC DLL；如果应用程序所用的语言与操作系统的当前区域设置不同，则还需要重新发布对应的本地化资源 MFC90XXX.DLL。有关这两个主题的更多信息，请参见 MSDN 文档中有关 Redistributing Visual C++ applications (重新发布 Visual C++ 应用程序)的章节。
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/TableInfo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#ifndef __TABLE_INFO__
+#define __TABLE_INFO__
+
+// 联系类型表;
+typedef struct	__ST_MODINFO__
+{
+	std::string		strName;						// 模块名;
+	std::string		strAddress;						// 模块地址;
+	std::string		strVersion;						// 模块版本;
+	bool			_check;							// 是否选中;
+}STModInfo, *pSTModInfo;
+
+#endif

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/filehelper.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,1491 @@
+#include "StdAfx.h"
+#include "filehelper.h"
+#include <shlwapi.h>
+
+// 排序和乱序使用stl;
+#include <cstdlib>
+#include <ctime>
+#include <algorithm>
+// _mkdir头文件;
+#include <direct.h>
+
+int myrandom(int i) { return std::rand() % i; }
+
+filehelper::filehelper(void)
+{
+	
+}
+
+filehelper::~filehelper(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：[2/21/2017 Jeff];
+/*  描述：;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[IN] ：;
+/*  	[OUT] ：;
+/*  	[IN/OUT] ：;
+/*  返回：void;
+/*  注意：;
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+void filehelper::random(IN STR_VEC& vtContent, IN BOOL bSort /* = TRUE */)
+{
+	if (bSort)
+	{//排序;
+		std::sort(vtContent.begin(), vtContent.end());
+	}
+	else
+	{//乱序;
+		//设置随即数生成器的种子;
+		std::srand(unsigned(std::time(0)));
+		std::random_shuffle(vtContent.begin(), vtContent.end(), myrandom);
+	}
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：[2/21/2017 Jeff];
+/*  描述：;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[IN] ：;
+/*  	[OUT] ：;
+/*  	[IN/OUT] ：;
+/*  返回：void;
+/*  注意：;
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+void filehelper::split(OUT vector<TString>& vtSplit, IN const TString str, IN const TString strSplit)
+{
+	if (str.size() == 0 || strSplit.size() == 0)
+		return;
+
+	INT nIndex = 0;
+	vtSplit.clear();
+	TString strtmp = str;
+	TString strtmp2;
+	do 
+	{
+		if (TString::npos != (nIndex = strtmp.find_first_of(strSplit)))
+		{
+			strtmp2 = strtmp.substr(0, nIndex);
+			if (strtmp2.size())vtSplit.push_back(strtmp2);
+			strtmp = strtmp.substr(nIndex + strSplit.size());
+		}
+	} while (strtmp.find_first_of(strSplit) != TString::npos);
+
+	if (strtmp.size())
+		vtSplit.push_back(strtmp);
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：[2/19/2017 Jeff];
+/*  描述：保留指定的扩展名文件;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[IN] keepExt：要保留的扩展名;
+/*  	[OUT] vtfiles：要提取保留扩展名的文件数组;
+/*  	[IN/OUT] ：;
+/*  返回：void;
+/*  注意：;
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+void filehelper::keepdownbyext(IN const TString &keepExt, IN STR_VEC &vtfiles)
+{
+	if (keepExt.find(_T("*.*")) != TString::npos) return;
+	if (vtfiles.size() == 0) return;
+
+	// 获取复制扩展名;
+	int nIndex = 0;
+	TString strtmp;
+	TString strRemainExt(keepExt);
+	strRemainExt.append(_T("|"));
+	STR_VEC vtRemainExt;
+
+	// 将所有扩展名解析到数组里;
+	do
+	{
+		nIndex = strRemainExt.find(_T('|'));
+		if (nIndex != TString::npos)
+		{
+			strtmp = strRemainExt.substr(0, nIndex);
+			strRemainExt = strRemainExt.substr(nIndex + 1);
+
+			if (strtmp.compare(_T("*.*")))
+				vtRemainExt.push_back(strtmp);
+		}
+	} while (strRemainExt.find(_T('|')) != TString::npos);
+
+	STR_VEC vtresult;
+	// 过滤非复制扩展名的文件,同时去掉缩略图,保留指定复制扩展名的文件;
+	for (STR_VEC::iterator itExt = vtRemainExt.begin(); itExt != vtRemainExt.end(); itExt++)
+	{
+		for (STR_VEC::iterator it = vtfiles.begin(); it != vtfiles.end();)
+		{
+			if (match(itExt->substr(1), it->c_str())) 
+			{
+				vtresult.push_back(*it);
+				it = vtfiles.erase(it);
+			}
+			else
+				it++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	vtfiles.clear();
+	for ( STR_VEC::iterator it = vtresult.begin(); it != vtresult.end(); it++ )
+	{
+		vtfiles.push_back(*it);
+	}
+}
+
+void filehelper::keepdownbyext(IN const TString &keepExt, IN const STR_VEC &vtfiles, OUT STR_VEC &vtresult)
+{
+	if (keepExt.find(_T("*.*")) != TString::npos) return;
+	if (vtfiles.size() == 0) return;
+
+	// 获取复制扩展名;
+	int nIndex = 0;
+	TString strtmp;
+	TString strRemainExt(keepExt);
+	strRemainExt.append(_T("|"));
+	STR_VEC vtRemainExt;
+
+	// 将所有扩展名解析到数组里;
+	do
+	{
+		nIndex = strRemainExt.find(_T('|'));
+		if (nIndex != TString::npos)
+		{
+			strtmp = strRemainExt.substr(0, nIndex);
+			strRemainExt = strRemainExt.substr(nIndex + 1);
+
+			if (strtmp.compare(_T("*.*")))
+				vtRemainExt.push_back(strtmp);
+		}
+	} while (strRemainExt.find(_T('|')) != TString::npos);
+
+#if 0
+	// 过滤非复制扩展名的文件,同时去掉缩略图,保留指定复制扩展名的文件;
+	for (STR_VEC::iterator itExt = vtRemainExt.begin(); itExt != vtRemainExt.end(); itExt++)
+	{
+		for (STR_VEC::const_iterator it = vtfiles.begin(); it != vtfiles.end(); it++)
+		{
+			if (match(itExt->substr(1), it->c_str())) 
+			{
+				vtresult.push_back(*it);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+#else
+	STR_VEC vt_files;
+	for (STR_VEC::const_iterator it = vtfiles.begin(); it != vtfiles.end(); it++ )
+	{// 不能直接用vtresult来复制,因为如果vtresult不为空的情况下,会有异常出现;
+		vt_files.push_back(*it);
+	}
+
+	for (STR_VEC::iterator itExt = vtRemainExt.begin(); itExt != vtRemainExt.end(); itExt++)
+	{
+		for (STR_VEC::iterator it = vt_files.begin(); it != vt_files.end(); )
+		{
+			if (match(itExt->substr(1), it->c_str()))
+			{
+				vtresult.push_back(*it);
+				it = vt_files.erase(it);
+			}
+			else
+				it++;
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：keepoutext[2/19/2017 Jeff];
+/*  描述：移除指定扩展名的文件;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[IN] ：;
+/*  	[OUT] ：;
+/*  	[IN/OUT] ：;
+/*  返回：void;
+/*  注意：;
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+void filehelper::keepoutbyext(IN const TString &removeext, IN STR_VEC &vtfiles)
+{
+	if (removeext.find(_T("*.*")) != TString::npos) return;
+	if (vtfiles.size() == 0) return;
+
+	// 获取复制扩展名;
+	int nIndex = 0;
+	TString strtmp;
+	TString strRemoveExt(removeext);
+	strRemoveExt.append(_T("|"));
+	STR_VEC vtRemoveExt;
+
+	// 将所有扩展名解析到数组里;
+	do
+	{
+		nIndex = strRemoveExt.find(_T('|'));
+		if (nIndex != TString::npos)
+		{
+			strtmp = strRemoveExt.substr(0, nIndex);
+			strRemoveExt = strRemoveExt.substr(nIndex + 1);
+
+			if (strtmp.compare(_T("*.*")))
+				vtRemoveExt.push_back(strtmp);
+		}
+	} while (strRemoveExt.find(_T('|')) != TString::npos);
+
+	// 过滤非复制扩展名的文件,同时去掉缩略图,保留指定复制扩展名的文件;
+	for (STR_VEC::iterator itExt = vtRemoveExt.begin(); itExt != vtRemoveExt.end(); itExt++)
+	{
+		for (STR_VEC::iterator it = vtfiles.begin(); it != vtfiles.end();)
+		{
+			if (match(itExt->substr(1), it->c_str())) 
+			{
+				it = vtfiles.erase(it);
+			}
+			else
+				it++;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void filehelper::keepoutbyext(IN const TString &removeext, IN const STR_VEC &vtfiles, OUT STR_VEC &vtresult)
+{
+	if (removeext.find(_T("*.*")) != TString::npos) return;
+	if (vtfiles.size() == 0) return;
+
+	// 获取复制扩展名;
+	int nIndex = 0;
+	TString strtmp;
+	TString strRemoveExt(removeext);
+	strRemoveExt.append(_T("|"));
+	STR_VEC vtRemoveExt;
+
+	// 将所有扩展名解析到数组里;
+	do
+	{
+		nIndex = strRemoveExt.find(_T('|'));
+		if (nIndex != TString::npos)
+		{
+			strtmp = strRemoveExt.substr(0, nIndex);
+			strRemoveExt = strRemoveExt.substr(nIndex + 1);
+
+			if (strtmp.compare(_T("*.*")))
+				vtRemoveExt.push_back(strtmp);
+		}
+	} while (strRemoveExt.find(_T('|')) != TString::npos);
+
+	// 复制到新容器中;
+	STR_VEC vt_files;
+	for (STR_VEC::const_iterator it = vtfiles.begin(); it != vtfiles.end(); it++ )
+	{// 不能直接用vtresult来复制,因为如果vtresult不为空的情况下,会有异常出现;
+		vt_files.push_back(*it);
+	}
+
+	// 过滤非复制扩展名的文件,同时去掉缩略图,保留指定复制扩展名的文件;
+	for (STR_VEC::iterator itExt = vtRemoveExt.begin(); itExt != vtRemoveExt.end(); itExt++)
+	{
+		for (STR_VEC::iterator it = vt_files.begin(); it != vt_files.end();)
+		{
+			if (match(itExt->substr(1), it->c_str()))
+			{
+				vtresult.push_back(*it);
+				it = vt_files.erase(it);
+			}
+			else
+				it++;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void filehelper::keepdowbyname(IN const STR_VEC &vtnames)
+{
+	if ( m_pvtfiles == NULL || m_pvtnames == &vtnames )
+		return;
+
+	INT nIndex = 0;
+	STR_VEC vt_result_files;
+	if ( m_pvtnames == NULL)
+	{
+		STR_VEC::const_iterator it_name = vtnames.begin();
+		for ( ; it_name != vtnames.end(); it_name++ )
+		{
+			STR_VEC::iterator it_file = m_pvtfiles->begin();
+			for ( ; it_file != m_pvtfiles->end(); )
+			{
+				nIndex = it_file->find_last_of(_T('\\'));
+				if (TString::npos != nIndex)
+				{
+					if (_tcsicmp(it_file->substr(nIndex + 1).c_str(), it_name->c_str()) == 0)
+					{
+						vt_result_files.push_back(*it_file);
+						it_file = m_pvtfiles->erase(it_file);
+						continue;
+					}
+				}
+				it_file++;
+			}
+		}
+
+		m_pvtfiles->clear();
+		for ( STR_VEC::iterator it = vt_result_files.begin(); it != vt_result_files.end(); it++ )
+		{
+			m_pvtfiles->push_back(*it);
+		}
+	}
+	else 
+	{
+		if ( m_pvtnames->size() != m_pvtfiles->size() )
+			return;
+
+		STR_VEC::iterator it_name;
+		STR_VEC::iterator it_file;
+		STR_VEC vt_result_names;
+		for ( STR_VEC::const_iterator it = vtnames.begin(); it != vtnames.end(); it++ )
+		{
+			it_name = m_pvtnames->begin();
+			it_file = m_pvtfiles->begin();
+			for ( ; it_file != m_pvtfiles->end(), it_name != m_pvtnames->end();)
+			{
+				if ( _tcsicmp(it_name->c_str(), it->c_str()) == 0 )
+				{
+					vt_result_files.push_back(*it_file);
+					vt_result_names.push_back(*it_name);
+					it_file = m_pvtfiles->erase(it_file);
+					it_name = m_pvtnames->erase(it_name);
+					continue;
+				}
+
+				it_file++;
+				it_name++;
+			}
+		}
+
+		m_pvtfiles->clear();
+		m_pvtnames->clear();
+		it_name = vt_result_names.begin();
+		it_file = vt_result_files.begin();
+		for ( ; it_file != vt_result_files.end(), it_name != vt_result_names.end(); it_file++, it_name++ )
+		{
+			m_pvtfiles->push_back(*it_file);
+			m_pvtnames->push_back(*it_name);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void filehelper::keepdowbyname(IN const STR_VEC &vtnames, IN STR_VEC &vtfiles)
+{
+	if ( vtnames.size() == 0 )
+		return;
+
+	INT nIndex = 0;
+	STR_VEC vt_result_files;
+	STR_VEC::const_iterator it_name = vtnames.begin();
+	for ( ; it_name != vtnames.end(); it_name++ )
+	{
+		STR_VEC::iterator it_file = vtfiles.begin();
+		for ( ; it_file != vtfiles.end(); )
+		{
+			nIndex = it_file->find_last_of(_T('\\'));
+			if (TString::npos != nIndex)
+			{
+				if (_tcsicmp(it_file->substr(nIndex + 1).c_str(), it_name->c_str()) == 0)
+				{
+					vt_result_files.push_back(*it_file);
+					it_file = vtfiles.erase(it_file);
+					continue;
+				}
+			
+			}
+			it_file++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	vtfiles.clear();
+	for ( STR_VEC::iterator it = vt_result_files.begin(); it != vt_result_files.end(); it++ )
+	{
+		vtfiles.push_back(*it);
+	}
+}
+
+void filehelper::keepdowbyname(IN const STR_VEC &vtnames, IN const STR_VEC &vtfiles, OUT STR_VEC &vt_result)
+{
+	if ( vtnames.size() == 0 )
+		return;
+
+	INT nIndex = 0;
+	STR_VEC::const_iterator it_name = vtnames.begin();
+	for ( ; it_name != vtnames.end(); it_name++ )
+	{
+		STR_VEC::const_iterator it_file = vtfiles.begin();
+		for ( ; it_file != vtfiles.end(); it_file++)
+		{
+			nIndex = it_file->find_last_of(_T('\\'));
+			if (TString::npos != nIndex)
+			{
+				if (_tcsicmp(it_file->substr(nIndex + 1).c_str(), it_name->c_str()) == 0)
+				{
+					vt_result.push_back(*it_file);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void filehelper::keepdowbyname_noext(IN const STR_VEC &vtnames)
+{
+	if ( m_pvtfiles == NULL || m_pvtnames == &vtnames )
+		return;
+
+	INT nIndex = 0;
+	STR_VEC vt_result_files;
+	if ( m_pvtnames == NULL)
+	{
+		INT nIndex2 = 0;
+		STR_VEC::const_iterator it_name = vtnames.begin();
+		for ( ; it_name != vtnames.end(); it_name++ )
+		{
+			STR_VEC::iterator it_file = m_pvtfiles->begin();
+			for ( ; it_file != m_pvtfiles->end(); )
+			{
+				nIndex = it_file->find_last_of(_T('\\'));
+				nIndex2 = it_file->find_last_of(_T('.'));
+				if (TString::npos != nIndex && TString::npos != nIndex2 && nIndex > nIndex2 )
+				{
+					if ( _tcsicmp(it_file->substr(nIndex+1,nIndex2 - nIndex - 1).c_str(), it_name->c_str()) == 0)
+					{
+						vt_result_files.push_back(*it_file);
+						it_file = m_pvtfiles->erase(it_file);
+						continue;
+					}
+				}
+				it_file++;
+			}
+		}
+
+		m_pvtfiles->clear();
+		for ( STR_VEC::iterator it = vt_result_files.begin(); it != vt_result_files.end(); it++ )
+		{
+			m_pvtfiles->push_back(*it);
+		}
+	}
+	else 
+	{
+		if ( m_pvtnames->size() != m_pvtfiles->size() )
+			return;
+
+		STR_VEC::iterator it_name;
+		STR_VEC::iterator it_file;
+		STR_VEC vt_result_names;
+		for ( STR_VEC::const_iterator it = vtnames.begin(); it != vtnames.end(); it++ )
+		{
+			it_name = m_pvtnames->begin();
+			it_file = m_pvtfiles->begin();
+			for ( ; it_file != m_pvtfiles->end(), it_name != m_pvtnames->end();)
+			{
+				if ( TString::npos != ( nIndex = it_name->find_last_of(_T('.'))))
+				{
+					if ( _tcsicmp(it_name->substr(0, nIndex).c_str(), it->c_str()) == 0 )
+					{
+						vt_result_files.push_back(*it_file);
+						vt_result_names.push_back(*it_name);
+						it_file = m_pvtfiles->erase(it_file);
+						it_name = m_pvtnames->erase(it_name);
+						continue;
+					}
+				}
+				it_file++;
+				it_name++;
+			}
+		}
+
+		m_pvtfiles->clear();
+		m_pvtnames->clear();
+		it_name = vt_result_names.begin();
+		it_file = vt_result_files.begin();
+		for ( ; it_file != vt_result_files.end(), it_name != vt_result_names.end(); it_file++, it_name++ )
+		{
+			m_pvtfiles->push_back(*it_file);
+			m_pvtnames->push_back(*it_name);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void filehelper::keepdowbyname_noext(IN const STR_VEC &vtnames, IN STR_VEC &vtfiles)
+{
+	if ( vtnames.size() == 0 )
+		return;
+
+	INT nIndex = 0;
+	TString strName;
+	STR_VEC vt_result_files;
+	STR_VEC::const_iterator it_name = vtnames.begin();
+	for ( ; it_name != vtnames.end(); it_name++ )
+	{
+		STR_VEC::iterator it_file = vtfiles.begin();
+		for ( ; it_file != vtfiles.end(); )
+		{
+			nIndex = it_file->find_last_of(_T('\\'));
+			if (TString::npos != nIndex)
+			{
+				strName = it_file->substr(nIndex+1);
+				if ( TString::npos != ( nIndex = strName.find_last_of(_T('.'))))
+				{
+					if ( _tcsicmp(strName.substr(0,nIndex).c_str(), it_name->c_str()) == 0)
+					{
+						vt_result_files.push_back(*it_file);
+						it_file = vtfiles.erase(it_file);
+						continue;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			it_file++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	vtfiles.clear();
+	for ( STR_VEC::iterator it = vt_result_files.begin(); it != vt_result_files.end(); it++ )
+	{
+		vtfiles.push_back(*it);
+	}
+}
+
+void filehelper::keepdowbyname_noext(IN const STR_VEC &vtnames, IN const STR_VEC &vtfiles, OUT STR_VEC &vt_result)
+{
+	if ( vtnames.size() == 0 )
+		return;
+
+	INT nIndex = 0;
+	TString strName;
+	STR_VEC::const_iterator it_name = vtnames.begin();
+	for ( ; it_name != vtnames.end(); it_name++ )
+	{
+		STR_VEC::const_iterator it_file = vtfiles.begin();
+		for ( ; it_file != vtfiles.end(); it_file++)
+		{
+			nIndex = it_file->find_last_of(_T('\\'));
+			if (TString::npos != nIndex)
+			{
+				strName = it_file->substr(nIndex+1);
+				if ( TString::npos != ( nIndex = strName.find_last_of(_T('.'))))
+				{
+					if ( _tcsicmp(strName.substr(0,nIndex).c_str(), it_name->c_str()) == 0)
+					{
+						vt_result.push_back(*it_file);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void filehelper::subgroupExt(IN const TString &ext1, IN STR_VEC &vt1, IN const TString &ext2, IN STR_VEC &vt2)
+{
+	// 		if (ext1.find(_T("*.*")) != TString::npos ) return;
+	// 		if ( !iscorrectext(ext1) || vt1.size() == 0 ) return;
+	// 
+	// 		// 获取复制扩展名;
+	// 		int nIndex = 0;
+	// 		TString strtmp;
+	// 		TString strExt1(ext1);
+	// 		strExt1.append(_T("|"));
+	// 		STR_VEC vtExt1;
+	// 
+	// 		// 将所有扩展名解析到数组里;
+	// 		do 
+	// 		{
+	// 			nIndex = strExt1.find(_T('|'));
+	// 			if ( nIndex != TString::npos )
+	// 			{
+	// 				strtmp = strExt1.substr(0,nIndex);
+	// 				strExt1 = strExt1.substr(nIndex+1);
+	// 
+	// 				if(strtmp.compare(_T("*.*")))
+	// 					vtExt1.push_back(strtmp);
+	// 			}
+	// 		} while ( strExt1.find(_T('|')) != TString::npos );
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：filterbyname[2/21/2017 Jeff];
+/*  描述：根据有后缀的文件名(如:001.jpg)来过虑文件;;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[IN] vtfiles：要被过滤的文件路径数组;
+/*  	[IN] vtnames：要过滤的文件名，每个文件名都有后缀，如：001.jpg;
+/*  返回：void;
+/*  注意：;
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+void filehelper::filterbyname(IN STR_VEC &vtfiles, IN const STR_VEC &vtnames)
+{// 再按名称过滤;
+	INT nIndex = 0;
+	TString strName;
+	for ( STR_VEC::const_iterator it_name = vtnames.begin(); it_name != vtnames.end(); it_name++ )
+	{
+		for ( STR_VEC::iterator it_file = vtfiles.begin(); it_file != vtfiles.end(); )
+		{
+			nIndex = it_file->find_last_of(_T('\\'));
+			if (TString::npos != nIndex)
+			{
+				strName = it_file->substr(nIndex+1);
+				if ( _tcsicmp(strName.c_str(), it_name->c_str()) == 0 )
+				{
+					it_file = vtfiles.erase(it_file);
+					continue;
+				}				
+			}
+			it_file++;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void filehelper::filterbyname(IN const STR_VEC &vtnames)
+{
+	if ( m_pvtfiles == NULL || m_pvtnames == &vtnames )
+		return;
+
+	INT nIndex = 0;
+	TString strName;
+	if ( m_pvtnames == NULL)
+	{
+		STR_VEC::const_iterator it_name = vtnames.begin();
+		for ( ; it_name != vtnames.end(); it_name++ )
+		{
+			STR_VEC::iterator it_file = m_pvtfiles->begin();
+			for ( ; it_file != m_pvtfiles->end(); )
+			{
+				nIndex = it_file->find_last_of(_T('\\'));
+				if (TString::npos != nIndex)
+				{
+					strName = it_file->substr(nIndex+1);
+					if ( _tcsicmp(strName.c_str(), it_name->c_str()) == 0)
+					{
+						it_file = m_pvtfiles->erase(it_file);
+						continue;
+					}
+				}
+				it_file++;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	else 
+	{
+		if ( m_pvtnames->size() != m_pvtfiles->size() )
+			return;
+		for ( STR_VEC::const_iterator it = vtnames.begin(); it != vtnames.end(); it++ )
+		{
+			STR_VEC::iterator it_name = m_pvtnames->begin();
+			STR_VEC::iterator it_file = m_pvtfiles->begin();
+			for ( ; it_file != m_pvtfiles->end(), it_name != m_pvtnames->end();)
+			{
+				if ( _tcsicmp(it_name->c_str(), it->c_str()) == 0 )
+				{
+					it_file = m_pvtfiles->erase(it_file);
+					it_name = m_pvtnames->erase(it_name);
+					continue;
+				}
+
+				it_file++;
+				it_name++;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// 根据无后缀的文件名(如:001)来过虑文件;
+void filehelper::filterbyname_noext(IN STR_VEC &vtfiles, IN const STR_VEC &vtnames)
+{// 再按名称过滤;
+	INT nIndex = 0;
+	INT nIndex2 = 0;
+	TString strName;
+	for ( STR_VEC::iterator it_file = vtfiles.begin(); it_file != vtfiles.end(); )
+	{
+		nIndex = it_file->find_last_of(_T('\\'));
+		nIndex2 = it_file->find_last_of(_T('.'));
+		for ( STR_VEC::const_iterator it_name = vtnames.begin(); it_name != vtnames.end(); it_name++ )
+		{
+			if (TString::npos != nIndex && TString::npos != nIndex2 && nIndex2 > nIndex)
+			{
+				if ( _tcsicmp(it_file->substr(nIndex+1,nIndex2-nIndex-1).c_str(), it_name->c_str()) == 0)
+				{
+					it_file = vtfiles.erase(it_file);
+					continue;
+				}
+			}
+			it_file++;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void filehelper::filterbyname_noext(IN const STR_VEC &vtnames)
+{
+	if ( m_pvtfiles == NULL || m_pvtnames == &vtnames )
+		return;
+
+	INT nIndex = 0;
+	TString strName;
+	if ( m_pvtnames == NULL )
+	{
+		INT nIndex2 = 0;
+		STR_VEC::iterator it_file = m_pvtfiles->begin();
+		for ( ; it_file != m_pvtfiles->end(); )
+		{
+			nIndex = it_file->find_last_of(_T('\\'));
+			nIndex2 = it_file->find_last_of(_T('.'));
+			for ( STR_VEC::const_iterator it_name = vtnames.begin(); it_name != vtnames.end(); it_name++ )
+			{
+				if (TString::npos != nIndex && TString::npos != nIndex2 && nIndex2 > nIndex)
+				{
+					if ( _tcsicmp(it_file->substr(nIndex+1,nIndex2-nIndex-1).c_str(), it_name->c_str()) == 0 )
+					{
+						it_file = m_pvtfiles->erase(it_file);
+						continue;
+					}
+				}
+				it_file++;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		if (m_pvtnames->size() != m_pvtfiles->size())
+			return;
+
+		for ( STR_VEC::const_iterator it = vtnames.begin(); it != vtnames.end(); it++ )
+		{
+			STR_VEC::iterator it_name = m_pvtnames->begin();
+			STR_VEC::iterator it_file = m_pvtfiles->begin();
+			for ( ; it_file != m_pvtfiles->end(), it_name != m_pvtnames->end();)
+			{
+				if ( TString::npos != (nIndex = it_name->find_last_of(_T('.'))) )
+				{
+					if ( _tcsicmp(it_name->substr(0, nIndex).c_str(), it->c_str()) == 0 )
+					{
+						it_file = m_pvtfiles->erase(it_file);
+						it_name = m_pvtnames->erase(it_name);
+						continue;
+					}
+
+					it_file++;
+					it_name++;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+}
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+BOOL filehelper::getall(IN LPCTSTR lpfolder, IN LPCTSTR lpfindext, IN OUT STR_VEC *pvtfiles, IN OUT STR_VEC *pvtnames, IN OUT STR_VEC *pvtfolders)
+{
+	// 路径不存在;
+	if (!PathFileExists(lpfolder))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 指针空;
+	if (!pvtfiles || !pvtnames || !pvtfolders ) return FALSE;
+
+	m_pvtfiles = pvtfiles;
+	m_pvtnames = pvtnames;
+	m_pvtfolders = pvtfolders;
+
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	// 判断扩展名有效性;
+	if (!iscorrectext(lpfindext)) return FALSE;
+#endif
+
+	findall(lpfolder);
+	if ( _tcsstr(lpfindext, _T("*.*")) == NULL )
+	{// 需要保留指定后缀;
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *pvtfiles);
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *pvtnames);
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL filehelper::getsubfolder(IN LPCTSTR lpfolder, IN STR_VEC *pvtfolders)
+{
+	// 路径不存在;
+	if (!PathFileExists(lpfolder))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 指针空;
+	if (pvtfolders == NULL) return FALSE;
+	m_pvtfolders = pvtfolders;
+
+	findsubfolder(lpfolder);
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL filehelper::getallsubfolder(IN LPCTSTR lpfolder, IN STR_VEC *pvtfolders)
+{
+	// 路径不存在;
+	if (!PathFileExists(lpfolder))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 指针空;
+	if (pvtfolders == NULL) return FALSE;
+	m_pvtfolders = pvtfolders;
+
+	findallsubfolder(lpfolder);
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+BOOL filehelper::getfiles_findin_subfolder(IN LPCTSTR lpfolder, IN LPCTSTR lpfindext, IN STR_VEC *pvtfiles)
+{
+	// 路径不存在;
+	if (!PathFileExists(lpfolder))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 指针空;
+	if (pvtfiles == NULL) return FALSE;
+	m_pvtfiles = pvtfiles;
+
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	// 判断扩展名有效性;
+	if (!iscorrectext(lpfindext)) return FALSE;
+#endif
+	findfiles_findin_subfolder(lpfolder);
+	if ( _tcsstr(lpfindext, _T("*.*")) == NULL )
+	{// 需要保留指定后缀;
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *pvtfiles);
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL filehelper::getfiles_findout_subfolder(IN LPCTSTR lpfolder, IN LPCTSTR lpfindext, IN STR_VEC *pvtfiles)
+{
+	// 路径不存在;
+	if (!PathFileExists(lpfolder))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 指针空;
+	if (pvtfiles == NULL) return FALSE;
+	m_pvtfiles = pvtfiles;
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	// 判断扩展名有效性;
+	if (!iscorrectext(lpfindext)) return FALSE;
+#endif
+	findfiles_findout_subfolder(lpfolder);
+	if (lpfindext && _tcsstr(lpfindext, _T("*.*")) == NULL )
+	{// 需要保留指定后缀;
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *pvtfiles);
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL filehelper::getfiles_within_subfolder(IN LPCTSTR lpfolder, IN LPCTSTR lpfindext, IN STR_VEC *pvtfiles, IN STR_VEC *pvtfolders)
+{
+	// 路径不存在;
+	if (!PathFileExists(lpfolder))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 指针空;
+	if (pvtfiles == NULL) return FALSE;
+	m_pvtfiles = pvtfiles;
+	m_pvtfolders = pvtfolders;
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	// 判断扩展名有效性;
+	if (!iscorrectext(lpfindext)) return FALSE;
+#endif
+	findfiles_within_subfolder(lpfolder);
+	if (lpfindext && _tcsstr(lpfindext, _T("*.*")) == NULL )
+	{// 需要保留指定后缀;
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *pvtfiles);
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+BOOL filehelper::getfiles_bynames_findin_subfolder( IN LPCTSTR lpfolder, IN LPCTSTR lpfindext, IN STR_VEC &vtnames, IN STR_VEC *pvtfiles )
+{
+	// 路径不存在;
+	if (!PathFileExists(lpfolder))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 指针空;
+	if (pvtfiles == NULL) return FALSE;
+	m_pvtfiles = pvtfiles;
+
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	// 判断扩展名有效性;
+	if (!iscorrectext(lpfindext)) return FALSE;
+#endif
+	findfiles_findin_subfolder(lpfolder);
+	if (lpfindext && _tcsstr(lpfindext, _T("*.*")) == NULL )
+	{// 需要保留指定后缀;
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *pvtfiles);
+	}
+
+	// 再按名称过滤;
+	filterbyname(*pvtfiles, vtnames);
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL filehelper::getfiles_bynames_findout_subfolder( IN LPCTSTR lpfolder, IN LPCTSTR lpfindext, IN STR_VEC &vtnames, IN OUT STR_VEC *pvtfiles )
+{
+	// 路径不存在;
+	if (!PathFileExists(lpfolder))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 指针空;
+	if (pvtfiles == NULL) return FALSE;
+	m_pvtfiles = pvtfiles;
+
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	// 判断扩展名有效性;
+	if (!iscorrectext(lpfindext)) return FALSE;
+#endif
+
+	findfiles_findout_subfolder(lpfolder);
+	if (lpfindext && _tcsstr(lpfindext, _T("*.*")) == NULL )
+	{// 需要保留指定后缀;
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *pvtfiles);
+	}
+
+	// 再按名称过滤;
+	filterbyname(*pvtfiles, vtnames);
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL filehelper::getfiles_bynames_within_subfolder( IN LPCTSTR lpfolder, IN LPCTSTR lpfindext, IN STR_VEC &vtnames, IN STR_VEC *pvtfiles, IN STR_VEC *pvtfolders )
+{
+	// 路径不存在;
+	if (!PathFileExists(lpfolder))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 指针空;
+	if (pvtfiles == NULL) return FALSE;
+	m_pvtfiles = pvtfiles;
+	m_pvtfolders = pvtfolders;
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	// 判断扩展名有效性;
+	if (!iscorrectext(lpfindext)) return FALSE;
+#endif
+
+	findfiles_within_subfolder(lpfolder);
+	if (lpfindext && _tcsstr(lpfindext, _T("*.*")) == NULL )
+	{// 需要保留指定后缀;
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *pvtfiles);
+	}
+
+	// 再按名称过滤;
+	filterbyname(*pvtfiles, vtnames);
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+BOOL filehelper::getnames_findin_subfolder(IN LPCTSTR lpfolder, IN LPCTSTR lpfindext, IN STR_VEC *pvtnames)
+{
+	// 路径不存在;
+	if (!PathFileExists(lpfolder))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 指针空;
+	if (pvtnames == NULL) return FALSE;
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	// 判断扩展名有效性;
+	if (!iscorrectext(lpfindext)) return FALSE;
+#endif
+	m_pvtnames = pvtnames;
+	findnames_findin_subfolder(lpfolder);
+	if (lpfindext && _tcsstr(lpfindext, _T("*.*")) == NULL )
+	{// 需要保留指定后缀;
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *m_pvtnames);
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL filehelper::getnames_findout_subfolder(IN LPCTSTR lpfolder, IN LPCTSTR lpfindext, IN STR_VEC *pvtnames)
+{
+	// 路径不存在;
+	if (!PathFileExists(lpfolder))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 指针空;
+	if (pvtnames == NULL) return FALSE;
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	// 判断扩展名有效性;
+	if (!iscorrectext(lpfindext)) return FALSE;
+#endif
+	m_pvtnames = pvtnames;
+	findnames_findout_subfolder(lpfolder);
+	if (lpfindext && _tcsstr(lpfindext, _T("*.*")) == NULL )
+	{// 需要保留指定后缀;
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *m_pvtnames);
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL filehelper::getnames_within_subfolder(IN LPCTSTR lpfolder, IN LPCTSTR lpfindext, IN STR_VEC *pvtnames, IN STR_VEC *pvtfolders)
+{
+	// 路径不存在;
+	if (!PathFileExists(lpfolder))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 指针空;
+	if (pvtnames == NULL || pvtfolders == NULL ) 
+		return FALSE;
+
+	m_pvtfolders = pvtfolders;
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	// 判断扩展名有效性;
+	if (!iscorrectext(lpfindext)) return FALSE;
+#endif
+	m_pvtnames = pvtnames;
+	m_pvtfolders = pvtfolders;
+	findnames_within_subfolder(lpfolder);
+	if (lpfindext && _tcsstr(lpfindext, _T("*.*")) == NULL )
+	{// 需要保留指定后缀;
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *m_pvtnames);
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+BOOL filehelper::getfilesnames_findin_subfolder(IN LPCTSTR lpfolder, IN LPCTSTR lpfindext, IN STR_VEC *pvtfiles, IN STR_VEC *pvtnames)
+{
+	// 路径不存在;
+	if (!PathFileExists(lpfolder))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 指针空;
+	if (pvtnames || !pvtnames) return FALSE;
+	m_pvtfiles = pvtfiles;
+	m_pvtnames = pvtnames;
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	// 判断扩展名有效性;
+	if (!iscorrectext(lpfindext)) return FALSE;
+#endif
+	findfilesnames_findin_subfolder(lpfolder);
+	if (lpfindext && _tcsstr(lpfindext, _T("*.*")) == NULL )
+	{// 需要保留指定后缀;
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *pvtnames);
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *pvtfiles);
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL filehelper::getfilesnames_findout_subfolder(IN LPCTSTR lpfolder, IN LPCTSTR lpfindext, IN STR_VEC *pvtfiles, IN STR_VEC *pvtnames)
+{
+	// 路径不存在;
+	if (!PathFileExists(lpfolder))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 指针空;
+	if (pvtnames || !pvtnames) return FALSE;
+	m_pvtfiles = pvtfiles;
+	m_pvtnames = pvtnames;
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	// 判断扩展名有效性;
+	if (!iscorrectext(lpfindext)) return FALSE;
+#endif
+	findfilesnames_findout_subfolder(lpfolder);
+	if (lpfindext && _tcsstr(lpfindext, _T("*.*")) == NULL )
+	{// 需要保留指定后缀;
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *pvtnames);
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *pvtfiles);
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+BOOL filehelper::getfilesnames_within_subfolder(IN LPCTSTR lpfolder, IN LPCTSTR lpfindext, IN STR_VEC *pvtfiles, IN STR_VEC *pvtnames, IN STR_VEC *pvtfolders)
+{
+	// 路径不存在;
+	if (!PathFileExists(lpfolder))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	// 指针空;
+	if (pvtnames || !pvtnames) return FALSE;
+	m_pvtfiles = pvtfiles;
+	m_pvtnames = pvtnames;
+	m_pvtfolders = pvtfolders;
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	// 判断扩展名有效性;
+	if (!iscorrectext(lpfindext)) return FALSE;
+#endif
+	findfilesnames_within_subfolder(lpfolder);
+	if (lpfindext && _tcsstr(lpfindext, _T("*.*")) == NULL )
+	{// 需要保留指定后缀;
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *pvtnames);
+		keepdownbyext(lpfindext, *pvtfiles);
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+#if 1
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+BOOL filehelper::comparename_2file(IN LPCTSTR file1, IN LPCTSTR file2)
+{
+	if (!file1 || !file2) return FALSE;
+
+	if (!PathFileExists(file1) || !PathFileExists(file2))
+		return FALSE;
+
+	TString strfile1 = file1;
+	TString strfile2 = file2;
+
+	strfile1 = getfilename(strfile1);
+	strfile2 = getfilename(strfile2);
+
+	return !strfile1.compare(strfile2);
+}
+
+BOOL filehelper::comparename_findin_names(IN LPCTSTR name)
+{
+	if (!m_pvtnames || !name) return FALSE;
+	for (STR_VEC::iterator it = m_pvtnames->begin(); it != m_pvtnames->end(); it++)
+	{
+		if ( _tcsicmp(name, it->c_str()) == 0)
+		{
+			// 打印日志,或提示用户同名文件路径在哪;
+			return TRUE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+BOOL filehelper::comparename_findin_names(IN LPCTSTR name, IN STR_VEC &vtnames)
+{
+	if (!name) return FALSE;
+	for (STR_VEC::iterator it = vtnames.begin(); it != vtnames.end(); it++)
+	{
+		if ( _tcsicmp(name, it->c_str()) == 0)
+		{
+			// 打印日志,或提示用户同名文件路径在哪;
+			return TRUE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+BOOL filehelper::comparename_findin_files(IN LPCTSTR name, IN STR_VEC &vtfiles)
+{
+	if (!name) return FALSE;
+
+	int nIndex = 0;
+	for (STR_VEC::iterator it = vtfiles.begin(); it != vtfiles.end(); it++)
+	{
+		if ((nIndex = it->find_last_of(_T('\\'))) != TString::npos)
+		{
+			if (_tcsicmp(name, it->substr(nIndex+1).c_str()) == 0)
+			{
+				// 打印日志,或提示用户同名文件路径在哪;
+				return TRUE;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+BOOL filehelper::comparename_findin_folder(IN LPCTSTR name, IN LPCTSTR folder, IN LPCTSTR findext, IN BOOL bsubfolder)
+{
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	if (!name || !iscorrectext(findext)) return FALSE;
+#else
+	if ( !name ) return FALSE;
+#endif
+	STR_VEC vtnames;
+	if (bsubfolder)
+	{
+		if (!getnames_findin_subfolder(folder, findext, &vtnames))
+			return FALSE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		if (!getnames_findout_subfolder(folder, findext, &vtnames))
+			return FALSE;
+	}
+
+	return comparename_findin_names(name, vtnames);
+}
+
+INT filehelper::comparenames_findin_names(IN STR_VEC vtSrcnames, IN STR_VEC vtDesnames, OUT STR_VEC *pvtIsonym /* = NULL */)
+{
+	if (vtSrcnames.size() == 0 || vtDesnames.size() == 0) return 0;
+
+	INT nCount = 0;
+	for (STR_VEC::iterator it1 = vtSrcnames.begin(); it1 != vtSrcnames.end(); it1++)
+	{
+		for (STR_VEC::iterator it2 = vtDesnames.begin(); it2 != vtDesnames.end(); it2++)
+		{
+			if (_tcsicmp(it1->c_str(), it2->c_str()) == 0)
+			{
+				nCount++;
+				if (pvtIsonym)
+					pvtIsonym->push_back(*it1);
+
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nCount;
+}
+
+INT filehelper::comparenames_findin_files(IN STR_VEC vtnames, IN STR_VEC vtfiles, IN LPCTSTR findext, OUT STR_VEC *pvtIsonym /* = NULL */)
+{
+	if (vtnames.size() == 0 || vtfiles.size() == 0) return 0;
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	if (!iscorrectext(findext)) return 0;
+#endif
+	INT nCount = 0;
+	for (STR_VEC::iterator it = vtnames.begin(); it != vtnames.end(); it++)
+	{
+		if (comparename_findin_files(it->c_str(), vtfiles))
+		{
+			if (pvtIsonym)
+				pvtIsonym->push_back(*it);
+			nCount++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nCount;
+}
+
+INT filehelper::comparenames_findin_folder(IN STR_VEC vtnames, IN LPCTSTR folder, IN BOOL bsubfolder, IN LPCTSTR findext, OUT STR_VEC *pvtIsonym /* = NULL */)
+{
+	if (vtnames.size() == 0 || !PathFileExists(folder)) return 0;
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	if (!iscorrectext(findext)) return 0;
+#endif
+	STR_VEC vtnames2;
+	if (bsubfolder)
+	{
+		getnames_findin_subfolder(folder, findext, &vtnames2);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		getnames_findout_subfolder(folder, findext, &vtnames2);
+	}
+
+	return comparenames_findin_names(vtnames, vtnames2, pvtIsonym);
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+BOOL filehelper::comparefile_findin_names(IN LPCTSTR file, IN STR_VEC& vtnames)
+{
+	if (vtnames.size() == 0) return FALSE;
+	if (!file || !PathFileExists(file)) return FALSE;
+
+	TString strfile = file;
+	TString name = getfilename(strfile);
+
+	return comparename_findin_names(name.c_str(), vtnames);
+}
+
+BOOL filehelper::comparefile_findin_files(IN LPCTSTR file, IN STR_VEC& vtfiles, IN LPCTSTR findext)
+{
+	if (!file || !PathFileExists(file)) return FALSE;
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	if (!iscorrectext(findext)) return FALSE;
+#endif
+	TString strfile = file;
+	TString name = getfilename(strfile);
+
+	// 过滤掉不需要的扩展名;
+	keepdownbyext(findext, vtfiles);
+
+	return comparename_findin_files(name.c_str(), vtfiles);
+}
+
+BOOL filehelper::comparefile_findin_folder(IN LPCTSTR file, IN LPCTSTR folder, IN BOOL bsubfolder, IN LPCTSTR findext)
+{
+	if (!file || !PathFileExists(file) || !folder || !PathFileExists(folder)) return FALSE;
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	if (!iscorrectext(findext)) return FALSE;
+#endif
+	TString strfile = file;
+	TString name = getfilename(strfile);
+
+	STR_VEC vtnames;
+	if (bsubfolder)
+	{
+		getnames_findin_subfolder(folder, findext, &vtnames);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		getnames_findout_subfolder(folder, findext, &vtnames);
+	}
+
+	return comparename_findin_names(name.c_str(), vtnames);
+}
+
+INT filehelper::comparefiles_findin_files(IN STR_VEC &vtfiles1, IN STR_VEC &vtfiles2, IN LPCTSTR findext, OUT STR_VEC *pvtIsonym /* = NULL */)
+{
+	if (vtfiles1.size() == 0 || vtfiles2.size() == 0) return 0;
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	if (!iscorrectext(findext)) return 0;
+#endif
+	// 过滤掉不需要的扩展名;
+	keepdownbyext(findext, vtfiles1);
+
+	// 过滤掉不需要的扩展名;
+	keepdownbyext(findext, vtfiles2);
+
+	INT nCount = 0;
+	TString name;
+	for (STR_VEC::iterator it = vtfiles1.begin(); it != vtfiles1.end(); it++)
+	{
+		name = getfilename(*it);
+		if (comparename_findin_files(name.c_str(), vtfiles2))
+		{
+			if (pvtIsonym)
+				pvtIsonym->push_back(name);
+			nCount++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nCount;
+}
+
+INT filehelper::comparefiles_findin_folder(IN STR_VEC &vtfiles, IN LPCTSTR folder, IN BOOL bsubfolder, IN LPCTSTR findext, OUT STR_VEC *pvtIsonym /* = NULL */)
+{
+	if (vtfiles.size() == 0 || !folder || !PathFileExists(folder)) return 0;
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	if (!iscorrectext(findext)) return 0;
+#endif
+	STR_VEC vtnames;
+	if (bsubfolder)
+	{
+		getnames_findin_subfolder(folder, findext, &vtnames);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		getnames_findout_subfolder(folder, findext, &vtnames);
+	}
+
+	return comparenames_findin_files(vtnames, vtfiles, findext, pvtIsonym);
+}
+
+INT filehelper::comparefolderself(IN LPCTSTR folder, IN LPCTSTR findext, OUT STR_VEC *pvtIsonym /* = NULL */)
+{
+	OutputDebugString(_T("\n"));
+#if	USE_IMGEXT
+	if (!folder || !PathFileExists(folder) || !iscorrectext(findext)) return 0;
+#else
+	if (!folder || !PathFileExists(folder) ) return 0;
+#endif
+
+	STR_VEC vtsubfolders;
+	vtsubfolders.push_back(folder);	// 包含当前目录;
+	getsubfolder(folder, &vtsubfolders);
+
+	int n = vtsubfolders.size();
+	STR_VEC *pvtfiles = new STR_VEC[n];
+
+	for (STR_VEC::iterator it = vtsubfolders.begin(); it != vtsubfolders.end(); it++)
+	{
+		getfiles_findin_subfolder(it->c_str(), findext, &pvtfiles[--n]);
+	}
+
+	STR_VEC vtnames;
+	n = vtsubfolders.size();
+	TString name;
+	for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
+	{
+		for (STR_VEC::iterator it = pvtfiles[i].begin(); it != pvtfiles[i].end(); it++)
+		{
+			name = getfilename(*it);
+			if (comparename_findin_names(name.c_str(), vtnames))
+			{
+				// 打印日志,提示客户重名的相片;
+				OutputDebugString(it->c_str());
+				OutputDebugString(_T("\n"));
+				pvtIsonym->push_back(it->c_str());
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				vtnames.push_back(name);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (pvtfiles)
+		delete []pvtfiles;
+	pvtfiles = NULL;
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+INT filehelper::comparefolder_findin_folder(IN LPCTSTR folder1, IN LPCTSTR folder2, IN BOOL bsubfolder, IN LPCTSTR findext, OUT STR_VEC *pvtIsonym /* = NULL */)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
+
+INT filehelper::copyfolder(IN LPCTSTR from, IN LPCTSTR to)
+{
+	if (to == NULL || from == NULL)
+		return -1;
+
+	// 创建目录;
+	int nleft = 0;
+	int nIndex = -1;
+	TString strTo = to;
+	if (strTo.at(strTo.size()-1) != _T('\\'))
+		strTo.append(_T("\\"));
+	// 共享路径和硬盘盘符;
+	if (_tcscmp(strTo.substr(0, 2).c_str(), _T("\\\\")) == 0)
+		nleft = 2;
+	else if (strTo.at(2) == _T('\\'))
+		nleft = 3;
+
+	do 
+	{
+		nIndex = strTo.substr(nleft, -1).find_first_of(_T("\\"));
+		if (nIndex != TString::npos)
+		{
+			if (_tmkdir(strTo.substr(0, nIndex + nleft).c_str()) == -1 && errno != EEXIST)				
+				break;
+			nleft += nIndex + 1;
+		}		
+	} while (nIndex!=-1);
+	
+
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/filehelper.h

@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  Copyright (C), 2016-2020, [IT], 保留所有权利;
+/*  模 块 名：;
+/*  描    述：;
+/*
+/*  版    本：[V];	
+/*  作    者：[IT];
+/*  日    期：[12/22/2016];
+/*
+/*
+/*  注    意：;
+/*
+/*  修改记录：[IT];
+/*  修改日期：;
+/*  修改版本：;
+/*  修改内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+#ifndef __FILEHELPING_20150818__
+#define __FILEHELPING_20150818__
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "findfile.h"
+
+#define USE_IMGEXT 0
+
+class filehelper :public findfile
+{
+public:
+	filehelper(void);
+	~filehelper(void);
+
+public:
+	// 排序或乱序;
+	static void random(IN STR_VEC& vtContent, IN BOOL bSort = TRUE);
+	// 分隔数组;
+	static void split(OUT vector<TString>& vtSplit, IN const TString str, IN const TString strSplit);
+	// 根据后缀名保留文件;
+	static void keepdownbyext(IN const TString &keepExt, IN STR_VEC &vtfiles);
+	static void keepdownbyext(IN const TString &keepExt, IN const STR_VEC &vtfiles, OUT STR_VEC &vtresult);
+	// 根据后缀名移除文件;
+	static void keepoutbyext(IN const TString &removeext, IN STR_VEC &vtfiles);
+	static void keepoutbyext(IN const TString &removeext, IN const STR_VEC &vtfiles, OUT STR_VEC &vtresult);
+	// 保留指定文件名(有后缀的：001.jpg)的文件路径;
+	void keepdowbyname(IN const STR_VEC &vtnames);
+	static void keepdowbyname(IN const STR_VEC &vtnames, IN STR_VEC &vtfiles);
+	static void keepdowbyname(IN const STR_VEC &vtnames, IN const STR_VEC &vtfiles, OUT STR_VEC &vt_result);
+	// 保留指定文件名(无后缀的：001)的文件路径;
+	void keepdowbyname_noext(IN const STR_VEC &vtnames);
+	static void keepdowbyname_noext(IN const STR_VEC &vtnames, IN STR_VEC &vtfiles);
+	static void keepdowbyname_noext(IN const STR_VEC &vtnames, IN const STR_VEC &vtfiles, OUT STR_VEC &vt_result);
+	// 分组扩展名;
+	static void subgroupExt(IN const TString &ext1, IN STR_VEC &vt1, IN const TString &ext2, IN STR_VEC &vt2);	
+
+	// 根据有后缀的文件名(如:001.jpg)来过虑文件;
+	static void filterbyname(IN STR_VEC &vtfiles, IN const STR_VEC &vtnames);
+	void filterbyname(IN const STR_VEC &vtnames);
+
+	// 根据无后缀的文件名(如:001)来过虑文件;
+	static void filterbyname_noext(IN STR_VEC &vtfiles, IN const STR_VEC &vtnames);
+	void filterbyname_noext(IN const STR_VEC &vtnames);
+
+	// 获取文件名,带后缀名(如:001.jpg);
+	inline void getnames(IN STR_VEC &vtfiles, IN STR_VEC &vtnames)
+	{
+		INT nIndex = 0;
+		for ( STR_VEC::iterator it = vtfiles.begin(); it != vtfiles.end(); it++ )
+		{
+			if ( (nIndex = it->find_last_of(_T('\\'))) != TString::npos )
+			{
+				vtnames.push_back(it->substr(nIndex+1));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	// 获取文件名,不带后缀名(如:001);
+	inline void getnames_noext(IN const STR_VEC &vtfiles, IN STR_VEC &vtnames)
+	{
+		INT nIndex = 0;
+		INT nIndex2 = 0;
+		for ( STR_VEC::const_iterator it = vtfiles.begin(); it != vtfiles.end(); it++ )
+		{
+			if ( (nIndex = it->find_last_of(_T('\\'))) != TString::npos )
+			{
+				if ( (nIndex2 = it->find_last_of(_T('.'))) != TString::npos)
+				{
+					if ( nIndex2 > nIndex)
+						vtnames.push_back(it->substr(nIndex+1, nIndex2-nIndex));
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{// vtfiles是没有目录的文件名,如：001.jpg;
+				if ( (nIndex2 = it->find_last_of(_T('.'))) != TString::npos)
+				{
+					vtnames.push_back(it->substr(0, nIndex2));
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+public:
+	// 查找全部;
+	BOOL getall(
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfolder,								// 要查找的目录;
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfindext,								// 要查找的扩展名;
+		IN OUT STR_VEC *pvtfiles,							// 返回要查找的文件全名;
+		IN OUT STR_VEC *pvtnames,							// 返回要查找的文件名(无路径,包含扩展名);
+		IN OUT STR_VEC *pvtfolders							// 返回要查找的子目录;
+		);
+
+	// 只获取当前要目录的子文件夹,不获取子文件夹中的文件夹;
+	BOOL getsubfolder(
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfolder,								// 要查找的目录;
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtfolders								// 返回子文件夹;
+		);
+
+	BOOL getallsubfolder(
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfolder,								// 要查找的目录;
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtfolders								// 返回所有子文件夹;
+		);
+
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	BOOL getfiles_findin_subfolder(
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfolder,								// 要查找的目录;
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfindext,								// 要查找的扩展名;
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtfiles								// 返回要查找的文件全名;
+		);
+
+	BOOL getfiles_findout_subfolder(
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfolder,								// 要查找的目录;
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfindext,								// 要查找的扩展名;
+		IN OUT STR_VEC *pvtfiles							// 返回要查找的文件全名;
+		);
+
+	BOOL getfiles_within_subfolder(
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfolder,								// 要查找的目录;
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfindext,								// 要查找的扩展名;
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtfiles,								// 返回要查找的文件全名;
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtfolders								// 文件夹;
+		);
+
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	virtual BOOL getfiles_bynames_findin_subfolder(
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfolder,								// 要查找的目录;
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfindext,								// 要查找的扩展名;
+		IN STR_VEC &vtnames,
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtfiles								// 返回要查找的文件全名;
+		);
+
+	virtual BOOL getfiles_bynames_findout_subfolder(
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfolder,								// 要查找的目录;
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfindext,								// 要查找的扩展名;
+		IN STR_VEC &vtnames,
+		IN OUT STR_VEC *pvtfiles							// 返回要查找的文件全名;
+		) ;
+
+	virtual BOOL getfiles_bynames_within_subfolder(
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfolder,								// 要查找的目录;
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfindext,								// 要查找的扩展名;
+		IN STR_VEC &vtnames,
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtfiles,								// 返回要查找的文件全名;
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtfolders								// 文件夹;
+		) ;
+
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	BOOL getnames_findin_subfolder(
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfolder,								// 要查找的目录;
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfindext,								// 要查找的扩展名;
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtnames								// 返回要查找的文件名(无路径,包含扩展名);
+		);
+
+	BOOL getnames_findout_subfolder(
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfolder,								// 要查找的目录;
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfindext,								// 要查找的扩展名;
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtnames								// 返回要查找的文件名(无路径,包含扩展名);
+		);
+
+	BOOL getnames_within_subfolder(
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfolder,								// 要查找的目录;
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfindext,								// 要查找的扩展名;
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtnames,								// 返回要查找的文件全名;
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtfolders								// 文件夹;
+		);
+
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	BOOL getfilesnames_findin_subfolder(
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfolder,								// 要查找的目录;
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfindext,								// 要查找的扩展名;
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtfiles,								// 返回要查找的文件全名;
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtnames								// 返回要查找的文件名(无路径,包含扩展名);
+		);
+
+	BOOL getfilesnames_findout_subfolder(
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfolder,								// 要查找的目录;
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfindext,								// 要查找的扩展名;
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtfiles,								// 返回要查找的文件全名;
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtnames								// 返回要查找的文件名(无路径,包含扩展名);
+		);
+
+	BOOL getfilesnames_within_subfolder(
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfolder,								// 要查找的目录;
+		IN LPCTSTR lpfindext,								// 要查找的扩展名;
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtfiles,								// 返回要查找的文件全名;
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtnames,								// 返回要查找的文件名(无路径,包含扩展名);
+		IN STR_VEC *pvtfolders								// 文件夹;
+		);
+
+public:
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	BOOL comparename_findin_names(IN LPCTSTR name);
+
+	// 两个文件对比,是否同名;
+	BOOL comparename_2file(
+		IN LPCTSTR file1,									// 文件1(全路径);
+		IN LPCTSTR file2									// 文件2(全路径);
+		);
+
+	// 指定文件名,与一组文件名对比;
+	BOOL comparename_findin_names(
+		IN LPCTSTR name,									// 文件名(无路径,不含扩展名);
+		IN STR_VEC& vtnames									// 一组文件名(无路径,不含扩展名);
+		);
+
+	// 指定文件名,与一组文件对比;
+	BOOL comparename_findin_files(
+		IN LPCTSTR name,									// 文件名(不含扩展名);
+		IN STR_VEC& vtfiles									// 一组文件(全路径);
+		);
+
+	// 指定文件名,与一文件夹对比;
+	BOOL comparename_findin_folder(
+		IN LPCTSTR name,									// 文件名(不含扩展名);
+		IN LPCTSTR folder,									// 文件夹;
+		IN LPCTSTR findext,									// 要查找的扩展名;
+		IN BOOL bsubfolder									// 是否查找文件夹内的子目录;
+		);
+
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	// 指定一组文件名,与另一组文件名对比;
+	INT comparenames_findin_names(
+		IN STR_VEC vtSrcnames,								// 指定的一组源文件名(无路径,不含扩展名);
+		IN STR_VEC vtDesnames,								// 指定的一组目标文件名(无路径,不含扩展名);
+		OUT STR_VEC *pvtIsonym = NULL						// 返回同名的文件名;	
+		);
+
+	// 指定一组文件名,与一组文件(全路径)对比;
+	INT comparenames_findin_files(
+		IN STR_VEC vtnames,									// 指定的一组源文件名(无路径,不含扩展名);
+		IN STR_VEC vtfiles,									// 指定的一组目标文件(全路径);
+		IN LPCTSTR findext,									// 要查找的扩展名;
+		OUT STR_VEC *pvtIsonym = NULL						// 返回同名的文件名;
+		);
+
+	// 指定的一组文件名,与一文件夹对比;
+	INT comparenames_findin_folder(
+		IN STR_VEC vtnames,									// 指定的一组源文件名(无路径,不含扩展名);
+		IN LPCTSTR folder,									// 文件夹;
+		IN BOOL bsubfolder,									// 是否查找文件夹内的子目录;
+		IN LPCTSTR findext,									// 要查找的扩展名;
+		OUT STR_VEC *pvtIsonym = NULL						// 返回同名的文件名;
+		);
+
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	// 指定一文件,与一组文件名对比;
+	BOOL comparefile_findin_names(
+		IN LPCTSTR file,									// 文件1(全路径);
+		IN STR_VEC& vtnames									// 指定的一组文件名(无路径,不含扩展名)
+		);
+
+	// 指定一文件,与一组文件对比;
+	BOOL comparefile_findin_files(
+		IN LPCTSTR file,									// 文件(全路径);
+		IN STR_VEC& vtfiles,									// 指定的一组文件(全路径)
+		IN LPCTSTR findext									// 要查找的扩展名;
+		);
+
+	// 指定一文件,与一文件夹对比;
+	BOOL comparefile_findin_folder(
+		IN LPCTSTR file,									// 文件(全路径);
+		IN LPCTSTR folder,									// 文件夹;
+		IN BOOL bsubfolder,									// 是否查找子文件夹;
+		IN LPCTSTR findext									// 要查找的扩展名;
+		);
+
+	//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+	// 指定一组文件,与另一组文件对比;
+	INT comparefiles_findin_files(
+		IN STR_VEC &vtfiles1,								// 指定的一组源文件;
+		IN STR_VEC &vtfiles2,								// 指定的一组目标文件;
+		IN LPCTSTR findext,									// 要查找的扩展名;
+		OUT STR_VEC *pvtIsonym = NULL						// 返回同名的文件名;
+		);
+
+	// 指定一组文件,与一文件夹对比;
+	INT comparefiles_findin_folder(
+		IN STR_VEC &vtfiles,								// 指定的一组源文件;
+		IN LPCTSTR folder,									// 指定的文件夹;
+		IN BOOL bsubfolder,									// 是否查找子文件夹;
+		IN LPCTSTR findext,									// 要查找的扩展名;
+		OUT STR_VEC *pvtIsonym = NULL						// 返回同名的文件名;
+		);
+
+	// 文件夹自我对比(所有子文件夹对比)
+	INT comparefolderself(
+		IN LPCTSTR folder,									// 指定文件夹;
+		IN LPCTSTR findext,									// 要查找的扩展名;
+		OUT STR_VEC *pvtIsonym = NULL						// 返回同名的文件名;
+		);
+
+	// 指定一文件夹,与另一文件夹对比;
+	INT comparefolder_findin_folder(
+		IN LPCTSTR folder1,									// 指定源文件夹;
+		IN LPCTSTR folder2,									// 指定目标文件夹;
+		IN BOOL bsubfolder,									// 是否查找子文件夹;
+		IN LPCTSTR findext,									// 要查找的扩展名;
+		OUT STR_VEC *pvtIsonym = NULL						// 返回同名的文件名;
+		);
+
+	public:
+		INT copyfolder(IN LPCTSTR from, IN LPCTSTR to);
+};
+
+#endif

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/findfile.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,877 @@
+#include "StdAfx.h"
+#include "findfile.h"
+#include <algorithm>
+
+// 查找文件的最大数量限制在nMaxLimit;
+CONST size_t nMaxLimit = 0xFFFFFFFF;	//--4294967295;
+// 查找文件的默认数量限制在nDefLimit;
+CONST size_t nDefLimit = 0xFFFFF;	//--1048575
+
+// 路径分隔符;
+CONST TCHAR		c_pathSeparator = _T('\\');
+CONST TString	s_pathSeparator = _T("\\");
+CONST TString	g_sVertical = _T("|");
+
+// 正确的扩展名及格式样列;
+// 这个值最好可以从配置文件ini或xml中获取,不用在代码里写死;
+CONST TString	g_sCorrectExt = _T("*.jpg|*.jpeg|*.png|*.bmp|*.cr2|*.nef|*.raw");
+
+TString lowercase(IN const TString &Str)
+{
+#if 1 // 多字节生僻字下会出问题;
+	TString sResult;
+	for ( TString::const_iterator it = Str.begin(); it != Str.end(); it++ )
+	{
+		if ( *it < 0 )
+		{// 小于0,含中文,什么都不做;
+			sResult.append(1, *(it++));
+			sResult.append(1, *it);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if (_T('A') <= *it && *it <= _T('Z'))
+				sResult.append(1, *it + 32);
+			else
+				sResult.append(1, *it);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return sResult;
+#else
+	TString sResult;
+	std::transform(Str.begin(), Str.end(), sResult.begin(), ::toupper);
+
+	
+	static CString str = _T("");
+	str = Str.c_str();
+	str.MakeLower();
+	sResult = str.GetString();
+	return sResult;
+#endif
+}
+
+TString uppercase(IN const TString &Str)
+{
+#if 1 // 多字节生僻字下会出问题;
+	TString sResult;
+	for ( TString::const_iterator it = Str.begin(); it != Str.end(); it++ )
+	{
+		if ( *it < 0 )
+		{// 小于0,含中文,什么都不做;
+			sResult.append(1, *(it++));
+			sResult.append(1, *it);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if (_T('A') <= *it && *it <= _T('Z'))
+				sResult.append(1, *it - 32);
+			else
+				sResult.append(1, *it);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return sResult;
+#else
+	TString sResult;
+	static CString strTemp = _T("");
+	strTemp = Str.c_str();
+	strTemp.MakeUpper();
+	sResult = strTemp.GetString();
+	return sResult;
+#endif
+}
+
+TString getfilename(IN CONST TString &file)
+{
+	TString name;
+	TString strfile = file;
+	int nIndex = strfile.find_last_of(_T('\\'));	// 如果file不包含 '\\' ,得不到文件名;
+	if (nIndex == TString::npos)
+	{
+		nIndex = strfile.find_last_of(_T('.'));
+		if ( nIndex == TString::npos )
+			return _T("");
+
+		return strfile.substr(0, nIndex);
+	}
+
+	name = strfile.substr(nIndex+1);
+	nIndex = name.find_last_of(_T('.'));
+	if (nIndex == TString::npos)
+		return _T("");
+
+	return name.substr(0, nIndex);
+}
+
+// 判断指定字符串是否在数组里（不区分大小写）;
+BOOL IsStringExistNoCase(IN CONST TString& str, IN STR_VEC &tagVt)
+{
+	int nSize = tagVt.size();
+	if (nSize == 0) return FALSE;
+
+	BOOL bExist = FALSE;
+	TString stmp1 = uppercase(str);
+	TString stmp2;
+	for (STR_VEC::iterator it = tagVt.begin(); it != tagVt.end(); it++)
+	{
+		stmp2 = uppercase(*it);
+		if (stmp1.compare(stmp2) == 0)
+		{
+			bExist = TRUE;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return bExist;
+}
+
+findfile::findfile(void):
+m_nlimit(nDefLimit),
+m_pvtfiles(NULL),
+m_pvtnames(NULL),
+m_pvtfolders(NULL),
+m_pvtfiles_sth(NULL),
+m_pvtfiles_mth(NULL)
+{
+	groupExt();
+}
+
+findfile::~findfile(void)
+{
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：groupExt[2/19/2017 Jeff];
+/*  描述：将字符串后缀名按"|"符号分隔成数组;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[GBL] g_sCorrectExt：全局字符串;
+/*  返回：void;
+/*  注意：;
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+void findfile::groupExt()
+{
+	// 将所有扩展名解析到数组里;
+	INT nIndex = 0;
+	TString strtmp;
+	TString strEffctExt = g_sCorrectExt;
+	strEffctExt.append(_T("|"));
+	do
+	{
+		nIndex = strEffctExt.find(_T('|'));
+		if (nIndex != TString::npos)
+		{
+			strtmp = strEffctExt.substr(0, nIndex);
+			strEffctExt = strEffctExt.substr(nIndex + 1);
+
+			if (strtmp.compare(_T("*.*")) && strtmp.size())
+			{
+				if ( !IsStringExistNoCase(strtmp,m_vtEffctExt) )
+					m_vtEffctExt.push_back(strtmp);
+			}
+		}
+	} while (strEffctExt.find(_T('|')) != TString::npos);
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：[2/19/2017 Jeff];
+/*  描述：;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[IN] ：;
+/*  	[OUT] ：;
+/*  	[IN/OUT] ：;
+/*  返回：void;
+/*  注意：;
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+void findfile::groupExt( IN CONST TString &exts, IN STR_VEC &vtExts )
+{
+	// 将所有扩展名解析到数组里;
+	INT nIndex = 0;
+	TString strtmp;
+	TString strEffctExt = exts;
+	strEffctExt.append(_T("|"));
+	do
+	{
+		nIndex = strEffctExt.find(_T('|'));
+		if (nIndex != TString::npos)
+		{
+			strtmp = strEffctExt.substr(0, nIndex);
+			strEffctExt = strEffctExt.substr(nIndex + 1);
+
+			if (strtmp.compare(_T("*.*")) && strtmp.size())
+			{
+				if ( !IsStringExistNoCase(strtmp,vtExts) )
+					vtExts.push_back(strtmp);
+			}
+		}
+	} while (strEffctExt.find(_T('|')) != TString::npos);
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：iscorrectext[2/18/2017 Jeff];
+/*  描述：判断指定的后缀串是否有效;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[IN] fext：输入的扩展名,fext的格式必须是:_T("*.jpg|*.jpeg|*.png|*.bmp");
+/*  	[IN] lpMistakenExt：不符合要求的扩展名;
+/*  	[IN/OUT] ：;
+/*  返回：如果指定的扩展名符合要求,则返回TRUE,否则返回FALSE;
+/*  注意：
+/*       1.如果传入的扩展名包含_T("*.*"),则返回TRUE;若lpMistakenExt指针有效,记录第一次返回不符合要求的扩展名;
+/*       2.fext的格式必须是:_T("*.jpg|*.jpeg|*.png|*.bmp");
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+BOOL findfile::iscorrectext(IN const TString &fext, OUT TString* lpMistakenExt /*= NULL*/)
+{
+	if (fext.size() == 0) return FALSE;
+	if (fext.find(_T("*.*")) != TString::npos) return TRUE;
+
+	TString ext = lowercase(fext);
+	if (ext[ext.length() - 1] != _T('|'))
+		ext.append(g_sVertical);
+
+	BOOL bret = TRUE;
+	int nIndex = 0;
+	do
+	{
+		nIndex = ext.find(_T('|'));
+		if (nIndex != TString::npos)
+		{
+			if (g_sCorrectExt.find(ext.substr(0, nIndex)) == TString::npos)
+			{
+				if (lpMistakenExt)
+					*lpMistakenExt = ext.substr(0, nIndex);
+				bret = FALSE;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			ext = ext.substr(nIndex + 1);
+		}
+	} while (ext.find(_T('|')) != TString::npos);
+
+	return bret;
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：lowercase[2/18/2017 Jeff];
+/*  描述：将指定字符串小写化;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[IN] Str：要转为小写的字符串;
+/*  	[OUT] ：;
+/*  	[IN/OUT] ：;
+/*  返回：返回转小写后的字符串;
+/*  注意：;
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+TString findfile::lowercase(IN const TString &Str)
+{
+	TString sResult;
+	for ( TString::const_iterator it = Str.begin(); it != Str.end(); it++ )
+	{
+		if ( *it < 0 )
+		{// 小于0,含中文,什么都不做;
+			sResult.append(1, *(it++));
+			sResult.append(1, *it);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if (_T('A') <= *it && *it <= _T('Z'))
+				sResult.append(1, *it + 32);
+			else
+				sResult.append(1, *it);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return sResult;
+}
+
+void findfile::lowercase(IN TString& Str)
+{
+	for ( TString::iterator it = Str.begin(); it != Str.end(); it++ )
+	{
+		if ( *it < 0 )
+		{// 小于0,含中文,什么都不做;
+			it++;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if (_T('A') <= *it && *it <= _T('Z'))
+				*it += 32;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  函数：uppercase[2/18/2017 Jeff];
+/*  描述：将指定字符串大写化;
+/*  参数：;
+/*  	[IN] Str：要转为大写的字符串;
+/*  	[OUT] ：;
+/*  	[IN/OUT] ：;
+/*  返回：返回转大写后的字符串;
+/*  注意：;
+/*  示例：;
+/*
+/*  修改：;
+/*  日期：;
+/*  内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+TString findfile::uppercase(IN const TString &Str)
+{
+	TString sResult;
+	for ( TString::const_iterator it = Str.begin(); it != Str.end(); it++ )
+	{
+		if ( *it < 0 )
+		{// 小于0,含中文,什么都不做;
+			sResult.append(1, *(it++));
+			sResult.append(1, *it);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if (_T('a') <= *it && *it <= _T('z'))
+				sResult.append(1, *it - 32);
+			else
+				sResult.append(1, *it);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return sResult;
+}
+
+void findfile::uppercase(IN TString& Str)
+{
+	for ( TString::iterator it = Str.begin(); it != Str.end(); it++ )
+	{
+		if ( *it < 0 )
+		{// 小于0,含中文,什么都不做;
+			it++;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if (_T('a') <= *it && *it <= _T('z'))
+				*it -= 32;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/************************************************************************/
+/*
+函数:match
+描述:判断指定的文件命名是否匹配指定的扩展名;
+参数:
+IN	sFileExt	扩展名;
+IN	sFile		文件名;
+返回:匹配返回非0值,否则返回0;
+注意:
+*/
+/************************************************************************/
+void findfile::setlimit(IN CONST INT &nLimit)
+{
+	if (nLimit < 1)
+		m_nlimit = nDefLimit;
+	if (nLimit < nMaxLimit)
+		m_nlimit = nLimit;
+}
+
+
+
+// 获取文件名;
+TString findfile::getfilename(IN CONST TString &file)
+{
+	TString name;
+	TString strfile = file;
+	int nIndex = strfile.find_last_of(_T('\\'));	// 如果file不包含 '\\' ,得不到文件名;
+	if (nIndex == TString::npos)
+	{
+		nIndex = strfile.find_last_of(_T('.'));
+		if ( nIndex == TString::npos )
+			return _T("");
+
+		return strfile.substr(0, nIndex);
+	}
+
+	name = strfile.substr(nIndex+1);
+	nIndex = name.find_last_of(_T('.'));
+	if (nIndex == TString::npos)
+		return _T("");
+
+	return name.substr(0, nIndex);
+}
+
+// 全部;
+void findfile::findall(IN CONST TString& folder)
+{
+	TString path = folder;
+	if (path.size() > 0 && c_pathSeparator != path[path.size() - 1])
+		path.append(s_pathSeparator);
+
+	TString file = _T("*");
+	TString s = path + file;
+
+	WIN32_FIND_DATA fileinfo = { 0 };
+	HANDLE handle = FindFirstFile(s.c_str(), &fileinfo);
+
+	if (NULL != handle && INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE != handle)
+	{
+		do
+		{
+			// 检查是否超过最大数;
+			if (checklimit()) break;
+
+			// '.'和 '..'的系统文件去除;
+			if (_T('.') != fileinfo.cFileName[0])
+			{
+				if ((FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY & fileinfo.dwFileAttributes) == FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)	// 目录;
+				{
+					m_pvtfolders->push_back(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+					findall(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					if (!checklimit())
+					{
+						m_pvtnames->push_back(fileinfo.cFileName);
+						m_pvtfiles->push_back(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+		} while (FindNextFile(handle, &fileinfo));
+
+		FindClose(handle);
+	}
+}
+
+void findfile::findsubfolder(IN CONST TString& folder)	// 查找子目录;
+{
+	TString path = folder;
+	if (path.size() > 0 && c_pathSeparator != path[path.size() - 1])
+		path.append(s_pathSeparator);
+
+	TString file = _T("*");
+	TString s = path + file;
+
+	WIN32_FIND_DATA fileinfo = { 0 };
+	HANDLE handle = FindFirstFile(s.c_str(), &fileinfo);
+
+	if (NULL != handle && INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE != handle)
+	{
+		do
+		{
+			if (_T('.') != fileinfo.cFileName[0])// '.'和 '..'的系统文件去除;
+			{
+				if ((FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY & fileinfo.dwFileAttributes) == FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)	// 目录;
+				{
+					m_pvtfolders->push_back(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+				}
+			}
+		} while (FindNextFile(handle, &fileinfo));
+
+		FindClose(handle);
+	}
+}
+
+void findfile::findallsubfolder(IN CONST TString& folder)
+{
+	TString path = folder;
+	if (path.size() > 0 && c_pathSeparator != path[path.size() - 1])
+		path.append(s_pathSeparator);
+
+	TString file = _T("*");
+	TString s = path + file;
+
+	WIN32_FIND_DATA fileinfo = { 0 };
+	HANDLE handle = FindFirstFile(s.c_str(), &fileinfo);
+
+	if (NULL != handle && INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE != handle)
+	{
+		do
+		{
+			if (_T('.') != fileinfo.cFileName[0])// '.'和 '..'的系统文件去除;
+			{
+				if ((FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY & fileinfo.dwFileAttributes) == FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)	// 目录;
+				{
+					m_pvtfolders->push_back(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+					findallsubfolder(path + fileinfo.cFileName); // 不入子目录查找;
+				}
+			}
+		} while (FindNextFile(handle, &fileinfo));
+
+		FindClose(handle);
+	}
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void findfile::findfiles_findin_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder)
+{
+	TString path = folder;
+	if (path.size() > 0 && c_pathSeparator != path[path.size() - 1])
+		path.append(s_pathSeparator);
+
+	TString file = _T("*");
+	TString s = path + file;
+
+	WIN32_FIND_DATA fileinfo = { 0 };
+	HANDLE handle = FindFirstFile(s.c_str(), &fileinfo);
+
+	if (NULL != handle && INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE != handle)
+	{
+		do
+		{
+			// 检查是否超过最大数;
+			if (checklimit()) break;
+
+			// '.'和 '..'的系统文件去除;
+			if (_T('.') != fileinfo.cFileName[0])
+			{
+				if ((FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY & fileinfo.dwFileAttributes) == FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)	// 目录;
+				{
+					findfiles_findin_subfolder(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					if (!checklimit())
+					{
+						m_pvtfiles->push_back(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} while (FindNextFile(handle, &fileinfo));
+
+		FindClose(handle);
+	}
+}
+
+void findfile::findfiles_findout_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder)
+{
+	TString path = folder;
+	if (path.size() > 0 && c_pathSeparator != path[path.size() - 1])
+		path.append(s_pathSeparator);
+
+	TString file = _T("*");
+	TString s = path + file;
+
+	WIN32_FIND_DATA fileinfo = { 0 };
+	HANDLE handle = FindFirstFile(s.c_str(), &fileinfo);
+
+	if (NULL != handle && INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE != handle)
+	{
+		do
+		{
+			// 检查是否超过最大数;
+			if (checklimit()) break;
+
+			// '.'和 '..'的系统文件去除;
+			if (_T('.') != fileinfo.cFileName[0])
+			{
+				if ((FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY & fileinfo.dwFileAttributes) != FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)	// 目录;
+				{
+					if (!checklimit())
+					{
+						m_pvtfiles->push_back(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} while (FindNextFile(handle, &fileinfo));
+
+		FindClose(handle);
+	}
+}
+
+void findfile::findfiles_within_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder)
+{
+	TString path = folder;
+	if (path.size() > 0 && c_pathSeparator != path[path.size() - 1])
+		path.append(s_pathSeparator);
+
+	TString file = _T("*");
+	TString s = path + file;
+
+	WIN32_FIND_DATA fileinfo = { 0 };
+	HANDLE handle = FindFirstFile(s.c_str(), &fileinfo);
+
+	if (NULL != handle && INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE != handle)
+	{
+		do
+		{
+			// 检查是否超过最大数;
+			if (checklimit()) break;
+
+			// '.'和 '..'的系统文件去除;
+			if (_T('.') != fileinfo.cFileName[0])
+			{
+				if ((FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY & fileinfo.dwFileAttributes) == FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)	// 目录;
+				{
+					m_pvtfolders->push_back(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+					findfiles_within_subfolder(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					if (!checklimit())
+					{
+						m_pvtfiles->push_back(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} while (FindNextFile(handle, &fileinfo));
+
+		FindClose(handle);
+	}
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void findfile::findnames_findin_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder)
+{
+	TString path = folder;
+	if (path.size() > 0 && c_pathSeparator != path[path.size() - 1])
+		path.append(s_pathSeparator);
+
+	TString file = _T("*");
+	TString s = path + file;
+
+	WIN32_FIND_DATA fileinfo = { 0 };
+	HANDLE handle = FindFirstFile(s.c_str(), &fileinfo);
+
+	if (NULL != handle && INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE != handle)
+	{
+		do
+		{
+			// 检查是否超过最大数;
+			if (checklimit()) break;
+
+			// '.'和 '..'的系统文件去除;
+			if (_T('.') != fileinfo.cFileName[0])
+			{
+				if ((FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY & fileinfo.dwFileAttributes) == FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)	// 目录;
+				{
+					findnames_findin_subfolder(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					if (!checklimit() )
+					{
+						m_pvtnames->push_back(fileinfo.cFileName);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} while (FindNextFile(handle, &fileinfo));
+
+		FindClose(handle);
+	}
+}
+
+void findfile::findnames_findout_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder)
+{
+	TString path = folder;
+	if (path.size() > 0 && c_pathSeparator != path[path.size() - 1])
+		path.append(s_pathSeparator);
+
+	TString file = _T("*");
+	TString s = path + file;
+
+	WIN32_FIND_DATA fileinfo = { 0 };
+	HANDLE handle = FindFirstFile(s.c_str(), &fileinfo);
+
+	if (NULL != handle && INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE != handle)
+	{
+		do
+		{
+			// 检查是否超过最大数;
+			if (checklimit()) break;
+
+			// '.'和 '..'的系统文件去除;
+			if (_T('.') != fileinfo.cFileName[0])
+			{
+				if ((FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY & fileinfo.dwFileAttributes) != FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)	// 目录;
+				{
+					if (!checklimit())
+					{
+						m_pvtnames->push_back(fileinfo.cFileName);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} while (FindNextFile(handle, &fileinfo));
+
+		FindClose(handle);
+	}
+}
+
+void findfile::findnames_within_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder)
+{
+	TString path = folder;
+	if (path.size() > 0 && c_pathSeparator != path[path.size() - 1])
+		path.append(s_pathSeparator);
+
+	TString file = _T("*");
+	TString s = path + file;
+
+	WIN32_FIND_DATA fileinfo = { 0 };
+	HANDLE handle = FindFirstFile(s.c_str(), &fileinfo);
+
+	if (NULL != handle && INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE != handle)
+	{
+		do
+		{
+			// 检查是否超过最大数;
+			if (checklimit()) break;
+
+			// '.'和 '..'的系统文件去除;
+			if (_T('.') != fileinfo.cFileName[0])
+			{
+				if ((FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY & fileinfo.dwFileAttributes) == FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)	// 目录;
+				{
+					m_pvtfolders->push_back(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+					findnames_within_subfolder(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					if (!checklimit())
+					{
+						m_pvtnames->push_back(fileinfo.cFileName);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} while (FindNextFile(handle, &fileinfo));
+
+		FindClose(handle);
+	}
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+void findfile::findfilesnames_findin_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder)
+{
+	TString path = folder;
+	if (path.size() > 0 && c_pathSeparator != path[path.size() - 1])
+		path.append(s_pathSeparator);
+
+	TString file = _T("*");
+	TString s = path + file;
+
+	WIN32_FIND_DATA fileinfo = { 0 };
+	HANDLE handle = FindFirstFile(s.c_str(), &fileinfo);
+
+	if (NULL != handle && INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE != handle)
+	{
+		do
+		{
+			// 检查是否超过最大数;
+			if (checklimit()) break;
+
+			// '.'和 '..'的系统文件去除;
+			if (_T('.') != fileinfo.cFileName[0])
+			{
+				if ((FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY & fileinfo.dwFileAttributes) == FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)	// 目录;
+				{
+					findfilesnames_findin_subfolder(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					if (!checklimit() )
+					{
+						m_pvtnames->push_back(fileinfo.cFileName);
+						m_pvtfiles->push_back(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} while (FindNextFile(handle, &fileinfo));
+
+		FindClose(handle);
+	}
+}
+
+void findfile::findfilesnames_findout_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder)
+{
+	TString path = folder;
+	if (path.size() > 0 && c_pathSeparator != path[path.size() - 1])
+		path.append(s_pathSeparator);
+
+	TString file = _T("*");
+	TString s = path + file;
+
+	WIN32_FIND_DATA fileinfo = { 0 };
+	HANDLE handle = FindFirstFile(s.c_str(), &fileinfo);
+
+	if (NULL != handle && INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE != handle)
+	{
+		do
+		{
+			// 检查是否超过最大数;
+			if (checklimit()) break;
+
+			// '.'和 '..'的系统文件去除;
+			if (_T('.') != fileinfo.cFileName[0])
+			{
+				if ((FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY & fileinfo.dwFileAttributes) != FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)	// 目录;
+				{
+					if (!checklimit() )
+					{
+						m_pvtnames->push_back(fileinfo.cFileName);
+						m_pvtfiles->push_back(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+		} while (FindNextFile(handle, &fileinfo));
+
+		FindClose(handle);
+	}
+}
+
+void findfile::findfilesnames_within_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder)
+{
+	TString path = folder;
+	if (path.size() > 0 && c_pathSeparator != path[path.size() - 1])
+		path.append(s_pathSeparator);
+
+	TString file = _T("*");
+	TString s = path + file;
+
+	WIN32_FIND_DATA fileinfo = { 0 };
+	HANDLE handle = FindFirstFile(s.c_str(), &fileinfo);
+
+	if (NULL != handle && INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE != handle)
+	{
+		do
+		{
+			// 检查是否超过最大数;
+			if (checklimit()) break;
+
+			// '.'和 '..'的系统文件去除;
+			if (_T('.') != fileinfo.cFileName[0])
+			{
+				if ((FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY & fileinfo.dwFileAttributes) == FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)	// 目录;
+				{
+					m_pvtfolders->push_back(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+					findfilesnames_within_subfolder(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					if (!checklimit() )
+					{
+						m_pvtnames->push_back(fileinfo.cFileName);
+						m_pvtfiles->push_back(path + fileinfo.cFileName);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+		} while (FindNextFile(handle, &fileinfo));
+
+		FindClose(handle);
+	}
+}

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/findfile.h

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/************************************************************************/
+/*  Copyright (C), 2016-2020, [IT], 保留所有权利;
+/*  模 块 名：;
+/*  描    述：;
+/*
+/*  版    本：[V];	
+/*  作    者：[IT];
+/*  日    期：[12/22/2016];
+/*
+/*
+/*  注    意：;
+/*
+/*  修改记录：[IT];
+/*  修改日期：;
+/*  修改版本：;
+/*  修改内容：;
+/************************************************************************/
+#ifndef __FIND_FILE_20151003__
+#define __FIND_FILE_20151003__
+
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+using namespace std;
+
+#ifndef _UNICODE
+typedef string TString;
+#else
+typedef wstring TString;
+#endif
+
+typedef vector<TString> STR_VEC;
+
+#pragma once
+
+class findfile
+{
+public:
+	findfile(void);
+	virtual ~findfile(void);
+
+//protected:
+public:
+	INT m_nlimit;
+	STR_VEC m_vtEffctExt;
+	STR_VEC *m_pvtfiles;
+	STR_VEC *m_pvtnames;
+	STR_VEC *m_pvtfolders;
+
+	STR_VEC *m_pvtfiles_sth;	// s小图;
+	STR_VEC *m_pvtfiles_mth;	// m小图;	
+public:
+	static BOOL iscorrectext(IN const TString &fext, OUT TString* lpMistakenExt = NULL);
+	// lowercase和uppercase在多字节下生僻字会出问题（珺、琤，珺转小写会变成琤，反过来琤转大写会变成珺）;已修改;
+	static TString lowercase(IN const TString &Str);
+	static void lowercase(IN TString& str);
+	static TString uppercase(IN const TString &Str);
+	static void uppercase(IN TString& str);
+	//static int match(IN CONST TString &sExt, IN CONST TString &sFile);
+	static inline int findfile::match(IN CONST TString &strExt, IN CONST TString &strfile)
+	{
+		int pos = strfile.find_last_of(_T('.'));
+		if (TString::npos != pos)
+			return !_tcsicmp(strExt.c_str(), strfile.substr(pos).c_str());
+
+		return FALSE;
+	}
+	
+	static TString getfilename(IN CONST TString &file);
+protected:
+	INT  getlimit() const { return m_nlimit; }
+	void setlimit(IN CONST INT &nlimit);
+
+	void groupExt();
+	void groupExt( IN CONST TString &exts, IN STR_VEC &vtExts );
+
+	inline INT checklimit() { return m_pvtfiles->size() == getlimit(); }
+
+	BOOL IsaDirectory(CONST TString &sDirectory) { return (FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY == GetFileAttributes(sDirectory.c_str())); }
+
+public:
+	// 查找所有文件,包括子文件夹名、文件名、文件路径;
+	void findall(IN CONST TString& folder);
+	// 只返回2级子目录名(测试ok);
+	void findsubfolder(IN CONST TString& folder);
+	// 只返回所有子目录名(测试ok);
+	void findallsubfolder(IN CONST TString& folder);
+
+	// 查找文件路径,以及查找子目录的文件路径,但不获取子目录名(测试ok);
+	void findfiles_findin_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder);
+	// 查找文件路径,不查找子目录的文件(测试ok);
+	void findfiles_findout_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder);
+	// 查找文件路径,以及查找子目录的文件路径,同时获取子目录名(测试ok);
+	void findfiles_within_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder);
+
+	// 查找文件名称,以及查找子目录的文件名称,但不获取子目录名(返回的文件包含扩展名)(测试ok);
+	void findnames_findin_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder);
+	// 查找文件名称,不查找子目录的文件(返回的文件包含扩展名)(测试ok);
+	void findnames_findout_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder);
+	// 查找文件名称,以及查找子目录的文件名称,同时获取子目录名(返回的文件包含扩展名)(测试ok);
+	void findnames_within_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder);
+
+	// 查找文件路径和文件名,以及查找子目录的文件路径和文件名,但不获取子目录名;(返回的文件包含扩展名)(测试ok);
+	void findfilesnames_findin_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder);
+	// 查找文件路径和文件名,不查找子目录;(返回的文件包含扩展名)(测试ok);
+	void findfilesnames_findout_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder);
+	// 查找文件路径和文件名,以及查找子目录的文件路径和文件名,且获取子目录名;(返回的文件包含扩展名)(测试ok);
+	void findfilesnames_within_subfolder(IN CONST TString& folder);
+};
+
+#endif

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/res/ModuleSVNManager.rc2

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+//
+// ModuleSVNManager.RC2 - Microsoft Visual C++ 不会直接编辑的资源
+//
+
+#ifdef APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+#error 此文件不能用 Microsoft Visual C++ 编辑
+#endif //APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// 在此处添加手动编辑的资源...
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/resource.h

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+//{{NO_DEPENDENCIES}}
+// Microsoft Visual C++ generated include file.
+// Used by ModuleSVNManager.rc
+//
+#define IDM_ABOUTBOX                    0x0010
+#define IDD_ABOUTBOX                    100
+#define IDS_ABOUTBOX                    101
+#define IDD_MODULESVNMANAGER_DIALOG     102
+#define IDR_MAINFRAME                   128
+#define IDC_EDIT1                       1000
+#define ET_MOD_NAME                     1000
+#define IDC_EDIT2                       1001
+#define ET_MOD_VER                      1001
+#define IDC_EDIT3                       1002
+#define ET_MOD_ADDR                     1002
+#define BTN_OPERATION                   1003
+#define IDC_LIST2                       1005
+#define LIST_MOD_NAME                   1005
+#define IDC_LIST3                       1006
+#define LIST_MOD_CONTENT                1006
+#define IDC_LIST4                       1007
+#define LIST_DB_MOD                     1007
+
+// Next default values for new objects
+// 
+#ifdef APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+#ifndef APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS
+#define _APS_NEXT_RESOURCE_VALUE        129
+#define _APS_NEXT_COMMAND_VALUE         32771
+#define _APS_NEXT_CONTROL_VALUE         1006
+#define _APS_NEXT_SYMED_VALUE           101
+#endif
+#endif

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/sqlite3.h

@@ -0,0 +1,8630 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
+** presents to client programs.  If a C-function, structure, datatype,
+** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
+** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
+** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
+**
+** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
+** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
+** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
+** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes
+** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
+**
+** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
+** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
+** on how SQLite interfaces are supposed to operate.
+**
+** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
+** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
+** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
+** part of the build process.
+*/
+#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
+#define _SQLITE3_H_
+#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
+
+/*
+** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
+*/
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Provide the ability to override linkage features of the interface.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN
+# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_API
+# define SQLITE_API
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_CDECL
+# define SQLITE_CDECL
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_STDCALL
+# define SQLITE_STDCALL
+#endif
+
+/*
+** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those
+** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental.  New applications
+** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are supported for backwards
+** compatibility only.  Application writers should be aware that
+** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases.
+**
+** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that
+** would generate warning messages when they were used.  But that
+** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports
+** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple
+** noop macros.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DEPRECATED
+#define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL
+
+/*
+** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers
+**
+** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header
+** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the
+** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for
+** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^
+** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer
+** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same
+** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^
+** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also
+** be larger than the release from which it is derived.  Either Y will
+** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented
+** and Z will be reset to zero.
+**
+** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the
+** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
+** system</a>.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
+** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite
+** within its configuration management system.  ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
+** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
+** hash of the entire source tree.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
+** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
+** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.10.1"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3010001
+#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2016-01-13 21:41:56 254419c36766225ca542ae873ed38255e3fb8588"
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
+**
+** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
+** but are associated with the library instead of the header file.  ^(Cautious
+** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
+** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
+** the header, and thus ensure that the application is
+** compiled with matching library and header files.
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION]
+** macro.  ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the
+** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The sqlite3_libversion()
+** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
+** direct access to string constants within the DLL.  ^The
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].  ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns 
+** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the 
+** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN const char sqlite3_version[];
+SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_libversion(void);
+SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_sourceid(void);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 
+** indicating whether the specified option was defined at 
+** compile time.  ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the 
+** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().  
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating
+** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by
+** returning the N-th compile time option string.  ^If N is out of range,
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer.  ^The SQLITE_ 
+** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by 
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get().
+**
+** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used()
+** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the 
+** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time.
+**
+** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and
+** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma].
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName);
+SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if
+** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0.
+**
+** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
+** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
+** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
+** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
+**
+** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
+** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
+** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
+** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
+**
+** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the
+** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
+** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
+**
+** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
+** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
+** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but
+** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
+** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
+** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED].  ^(The return value of the
+** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of
+** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by
+** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe()
+** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^
+**
+** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle
+** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections}
+**
+** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
+** the opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
+** pointer as an object.  The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
+** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors.  There are many other
+** interfaces (such as
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
+** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
+** sqlite3 object.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64
+**
+** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types
+** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers.
+**
+** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions.
+** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards
+** compatibility only.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
+** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive.  ^The
+** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values 
+** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
+  typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
+  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
+#else
+  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
+  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
+#endif
+typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64;
+typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
+
+/*
+** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
+** substitute integer for floating-point.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define double sqlite3_int64
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
+** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors
+** for the [sqlite3] object.
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if
+** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated
+** resources are deallocated.
+**
+** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared
+** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close()
+** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY].
+** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements
+** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes
+** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the
+** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is
+** finished.  The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with
+** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which
+** destructors are called is arbitrary.
+**
+** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements],
+** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and 
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated
+** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.  ^If
+** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has
+** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or
+** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation
+** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles],
+** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed.
+**
+** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open,
+** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
+**
+** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)]
+** must be either a NULL
+** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
+** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
+** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer
+** argument is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_close(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** The type for a callback function.
+** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
+** compatibility and is not documented.
+*/
+typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
+** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
+** without having to use a lot of C code. 
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
+** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
+** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st
+** argument.  ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to
+** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row
+** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements.  ^The 4th argument to
+** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each
+** callback invocation.  ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec()
+** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are
+** ignored.
+**
+** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into
+** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and
+** subsequent statements are skipped.  ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec()
+** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter.
+** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()]
+** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of
+** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed.
+** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors
+** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to
+** NULL before returning.
+**
+** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec()
+** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and
+** without running any subsequent SQL statements.
+**
+** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the
+** number of columns in the result.  ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec()
+** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from
+** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column.  ^If an element of a
+** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the
+** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer.  ^The 4th argument to the
+** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each
+** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained
+** from [sqlite3_column_name()].
+**
+** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer
+** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or 
+** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
+** is not changed.
+**
+** Restrictions:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The application must ensure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
+**      is a valid and open [database connection].
+** <li> The application must not close the [database connection] specified by
+**      the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
+** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
+**      the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
+** </ul>
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_exec(
+  sqlite3*,                                  /* An open database */
+  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
+  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
+  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
+  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
+** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions}
+**
+** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
+** here in order to indicate success or failure.
+**
+** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
+**
+** See also: [extended result code definitions]
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
+/* beginning-of-error-codes */
+#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* Internal logic error in SQLite */
+#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
+#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
+#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
+#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
+#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
+#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
+#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */
+#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
+#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* Database lock protocol error */
+#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
+#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
+#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to constraint violation */
+#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
+#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
+#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
+#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
+#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
+#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
+#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE      27   /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */
+#define SQLITE_WARNING     28   /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */
+#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
+#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
+/* end-of-error-codes */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
+** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions}
+**
+** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer
+** [result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
+** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
+** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
+** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
+** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
+** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled
+** on a per database connection basis using the
+** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.  Or, the extended code for
+** the most recent error can be obtained using
+** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT             (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE            (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE         (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN           (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE           (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK           (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP            (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT      (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP              (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH       (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH          (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_VNODE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (27<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_AUTH              (SQLITE_IOERR | (28<<8))
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE      (SQLITE_LOCKED |  (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT           (SQLITE_BUSY   |  (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR      (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR          (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH       (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB            (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY       (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK       (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED        (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK          (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION     (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY   (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER      (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE       (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB         (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID        (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8))
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL      (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8))
+#define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX       (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_AUTH_USER               (SQLITE_AUTH | (1<<8))
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
+**
+** These bit values are intended for use in the
+** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
+** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY         0x00000001  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE        0x00000002  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE           0x00000004  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE    0x00000008  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE        0x00000010  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY        0x00000020  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI              0x00000040  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY           0x00000080  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB          0x00000100  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB          0x00000200  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000  /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE      0x00020000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE     0x00040000  /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL              0x00080000  /* VFS only */
+
+/* Reserved:                         0x00F00000 */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
+**
+** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
+** object returns an integer which is a vector of these
+** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
+** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
+** refers to.
+**
+** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
+** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
+** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
+** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
+** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
+** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
+** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
+** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
+** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
+** to xWrite().  The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that
+** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a
+** file that were written at the application level might have changed
+** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are
+** guaranteed to be unchanged.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
+** flag indicate that a file cannot be deleted when open.  The
+** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on
+** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with
+** elevated privileges.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC                 0x00000001
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512              0x00000002
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K               0x00000004
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K               0x00000008
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K               0x00000010
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K               0x00000020
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K              0x00000040
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K              0x00000080
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K              0x00000100
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND            0x00000200
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL             0x00000400
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN  0x00000800
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    0x00001000
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE              0x00002000
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels
+**
+** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
+** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
+** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE          0
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED        1
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED      2
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING       3
+#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE     4
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags
+**
+** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
+** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
+** these integer values as the second argument.
+**
+** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
+** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
+** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag
+** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics.
+** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means
+** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync().
+**
+** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags
+** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL
+** settings.  The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the
+** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms.
+** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how
+** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and
+** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code.
+** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction
+** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the
+** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX
+** cares about the difference.)
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
+#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle
+**
+** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the 
+** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer].  Individual OS interface
+** implementations will
+** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
+** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
+** I/O operations on the open file.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file;
+struct sqlite3_file {
+  const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;  /* Methods for an open file */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object
+**
+** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an
+** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the
+** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object.
+** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
+** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
+**
+** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element 
+** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
+** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed.  The
+** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]
+** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
+** to NULL.
+**
+** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
+** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL].  The first choice is the normal fsync().
+** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync.  The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
+** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file
+** and not its inode needs to be synced.
+**
+** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED],
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or
+** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE].
+** </ul>
+** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock.
+** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection,
+** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED,
+** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file.  It returns true
+** if such a lock exists and false otherwise.
+**
+** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom
+** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface.  The second "op" argument is an
+** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
+** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
+** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
+** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
+** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
+** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
+** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
+** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
+** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
+** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.  VFS implementations should
+** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
+** recognize.
+**
+** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
+** device that underlies the file.  The sector size is the
+** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing
+** other bytes in the file.  The xDeviceCharacteristics()
+** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the
+** underlying device:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
+** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
+** </ul>
+**
+** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
+** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
+** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
+** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
+** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
+** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
+** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
+** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
+** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
+** to xWrite().
+**
+** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill
+** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros.  A VFS that
+** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work.  However,
+** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to
+** database corruption.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods;
+struct sqlite3_io_methods {
+  int iVersion;
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
+  int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
+  int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
+  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
+  int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
+  int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
+  int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
+  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
+  int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
+  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*);
+  /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */
+  int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**);
+  int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags);
+  void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*);
+  int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag);
+  /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */
+  int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp);
+  int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p);
+  /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */
+  /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes
+** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode}
+**
+** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
+** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
+** interface.
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
+** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
+** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
+** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE])
+** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
+** is used during testing and is only available when the SQLITE_TEST
+** compile-time option is used.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS
+** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the
+** current transaction.  This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it
+** is often close.  The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database
+** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database
+** file run faster.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
+** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
+** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should 
+** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use
+** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large
+** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
+** improve performance on some systems.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
+** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database
+** connection.  See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER].
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
+** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with the journal file (either
+** the [rollback journal] or the [write-ahead log]) for a particular database
+** connection.  See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER].
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]]
+** No longer in use.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and
+** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a
+** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked 
+** because the user has configured SQLite with 
+** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place 
+** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with
+** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced
+** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated
+** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that 
+** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications 
+** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may 
+** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite
+** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately
+** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal
+** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the 
+** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it.  
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic
+** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the
+** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of
+** anti-virus programs.  By default, the windows VFS will retry file read,
+** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay
+** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing
+** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry.  This
+** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay)
+** to be adjusted.  The values are changed for all database connections
+** within the same process.  The argument is a pointer to an array of two
+** integers where the first integer i the new retry count and the second
+** integer is the delay.  If either integer is negative, then the setting
+** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written
+** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be
+** interrogated.  The zDbName parameter is ignored.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the
+** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting.  By default, the auxiliary
+** write ahead log and shared memory files used for transaction control
+** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database
+** closes.  Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after
+** close.  Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not
+** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want
+** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist
+** in order for the database to be readable.  The fourth parameter to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
+** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent
+** WAL mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
+** WAL persistence setting.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the
+** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting.  The PSOW setting
+** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the
+** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to
+** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer.
+** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage
+** mode.  If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current
+** zero-damage mode setting.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening
+** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some
+** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current 
+** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of
+** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack.  The names are of all VFS shims and the
+** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable
+** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to.
+** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done.  As with
+** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually
+** do anything.  Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL
+** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented.  This file-control
+** is intended for diagnostic use only.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER] opcode finds a pointer to the top-level
+** [VFSes] currently in use.  ^(The argument X in
+** sqlite3_file_control(db,SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER,X) must be
+** of type "[sqlite3_vfs] **".  This opcodes will set *X
+** to a pointer to the top-level VFS.)^
+** ^When there are multiple VFS shims in the stack, this opcode finds the
+** upper-most shim only.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]]
+** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] 
+** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding
+** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument
+** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of
+** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array
+** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the
+** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument.  ^The handler for an
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element
+** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]
+** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or
+** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal 
+** [PRAGMA] processing continues.  ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the
+** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op
+** prepared statement if result string is NULL, or that returns a copy
+** of the result string if the string is non-NULL.
+** ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns
+** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means
+** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the
+** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error.  ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]
+** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so
+** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]]
+** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]
+** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle
+** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access
+** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **)
+** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points
+** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections
+** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in
+** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation
+** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the
+** current operation.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]]
+** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control
+** to have SQLite generate a
+** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate
+** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses.  The
+** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename
+** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  The caller should
+** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the
+** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O.
+** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that
+** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map.  The
+** pointer is overwritten with the old value.  The limit is not changed if
+** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit 
+** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number.  This
+** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size].
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information
+** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing.
+** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims].
+** The argument is a zero-terminated string.  Higher layers in the
+** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if
+** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a
+** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending
+** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it
+** was first opened.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
+** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
+** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
+** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK] is a signal to the VFS layer that it might
+** be advantageous to block on the next WAL lock if the lock is not immediately
+** available.  The WAL subsystem issues this signal during rare
+** circumstances in order to fix a problem with priority inversion.
+** Applications should <em>not</em> use this file-control.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS] opcode is implemented by zipvfs only. All other
+** VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for this opcode.
+**
+** <li>[[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]]
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by
+** the RBU extension only.  All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for
+** this opcode.  
+** </ul>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE       2
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE       3
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO              4
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER            7
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED            8
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME                12
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE    13
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA                 14
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER            15
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME           16
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE              18
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE                  19
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED              20
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC                   21
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK              24
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS                 25
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU                    26
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER            27
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER        28
+
+/* deprecated names */
+#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
+#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
+#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
+**
+** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
+** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
+** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
+** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object.
+**
+** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()].
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object
+**
+** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between
+** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system.  The "vfs"
+** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system".  See
+** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information.
+**
+** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
+** future versions of SQLite.  Additional fields may be appended to this
+** object when the iVersion value is increased.  Note that the structure
+** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between
+** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not
+** modified.
+**
+** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file]
+** structure used by this VFS.  mxPathname is the maximum length of
+** a pathname in this VFS.
+**
+** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by
+** the pNext pointer.  The [sqlite3_vfs_register()]
+** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list
+** in a thread-safe way.  The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface
+** searches the list.  Neither the application code nor the VFS
+** implementation should use the pNext pointer.
+**
+** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs
+** structure that SQLite will ever modify.  SQLite will only access
+** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex.
+** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs
+** object once the object has been registered.
+**
+** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module.  The name must
+** be unique across all VFS modules.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]]
+** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
+** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
+** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added.
+** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will
+** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than
+** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters.
+** ^SQLite further guarantees that
+** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
+** called. Because of the previous sentence,
+** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
+** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
+** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
+** must invent its own temporary name for the file.  ^Whenever the 
+** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
+** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
+**
+** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
+** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()].  Or if [sqlite3_open()]
+** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. 
+** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
+** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
+**
+** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
+** call, depending on the object being opened:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
+** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
+** change the way it deals with files.  For example, an application
+** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make
+** the open of a journal file a no-op.  Writes to this journal would
+** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return
+** SQLITE_IOERR.  Or the implementation might recognize that a database
+** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random
+** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly.
+**
+** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE]
+** </ul>
+**
+** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
+** deleted when it is closed.  ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient
+** databases, and subjournals.
+**
+** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
+** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
+** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
+** API.  The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the 
+** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always
+** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists.
+** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened 
+** for exclusive access.
+**
+** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
+** to hold the  [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
+** argument to xOpen.  The xOpen method does not have to
+** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.  Note that
+** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either
+** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL.  xOpen must do
+** this even if the open fails.  SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods
+** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success
+** or failure of the xOpen call.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]]
+** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
+** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
+** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
+** to test whether a file is at least readable.   The file can be a
+** directory.
+**
+** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
+** output buffer xFullPathname.  The exact size of the output buffer
+** is also passed as a parameter to both  methods. If the output buffer
+** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
+** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
+** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
+**
+** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64()
+** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
+** included in the VFS structure for completeness.
+** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes
+** of good-quality randomness into zOut.  The return value is
+** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.
+** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
+** least the number of microseconds given.  ^The xCurrentTime()
+** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as
+** a floating point value.
+** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian
+** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in 
+** a 24-hour day).  
+** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current
+** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or 
+** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back
+** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable.
+**
+** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces
+** are not used by the SQLite core.  These optional interfaces are provided
+** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding 
+** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can
+** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult
+** or impossible to induce.  The set of system calls that can be overridden
+** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the
+** next.  Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any
+** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change
+** from one release to the next.  Applications must not attempt to access
+** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
+typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void);
+struct sqlite3_vfs {
+  int iVersion;            /* Structure version number (currently 3) */
+  int szOsFile;            /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */
+  int mxPathname;          /* Maximum file pathname length */
+  sqlite3_vfs *pNext;      /* Next registered VFS */
+  const char *zName;       /* Name of this virtual file system */
+  void *pAppData;          /* Pointer to application-specific data */
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*,
+               int flags, int *pOutFlags);
+  int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
+  int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut);
+  int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut);
+  void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
+  void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
+  void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void);
+  void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
+  int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
+  int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
+  int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
+  int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object
+  ** definition.  Those that follow are added in version 2 or later
+  */
+  int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object.
+  ** Those below are for version 3 and greater.
+  */
+  int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr);
+  sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
+  const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
+  /*
+  ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
+  ** New fields may be appended in figure versions.  The iVersion
+  ** value will increment whenever this happens. 
+  */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method
+**
+** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
+** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object.  They determine
+** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
+** simply checks whether the file exists.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
+** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable
+** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within
+** the directory).
+** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the
+** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future
+** release of SQLite.
+** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
+** checks whether the file is readable.  The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is
+** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of
+** SQLite.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS    0
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1   /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ      2   /* Unused */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method
+**
+** These integer constants define the various locking operations
+** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods].  The
+** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the
+** xShmLock method:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
+** <li>  SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
+** </ul>
+**
+** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
+** was given on the corresponding lock.  
+**
+** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
+** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE.  It cannot transition between SHARED
+** and EXCLUSIVE.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK       1
+#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK         2
+#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED       4
+#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE    8
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index
+**
+** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values
+** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument.
+** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a
+** lock outside of this range
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK        8
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
+** SQLite library.  ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
+** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize().
+** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and
+** shutdown on embedded systems.  Workstation applications using
+** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines.
+**
+** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
+** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
+** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
+** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  ^(Only an effective call
+** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
+** are harmless no-ops.)^
+**
+** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first
+** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize().  ^(Only
+** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization.
+** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^
+**
+** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown()
+** is not.  The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a
+** single thread.  All open [database connections] must be closed and all
+** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking
+** sqlite3_shutdown().
+**
+** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke
+** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown()
+** will invoke sqlite3_os_end().
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
+** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
+** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
+** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK].
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
+** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
+** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly.  For example, [sqlite3_open()]
+** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
+** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
+** already.  ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT]
+** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
+** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
+** prior to using any other SQLite interface.  For maximum portability,
+** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize()
+** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface.  Future releases
+** of SQLite may require this.  In other words, the behavior exhibited
+** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the
+** default behavior in some future release of SQLite.
+**
+** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific
+** initialization of the SQLite library.  The sqlite3_os_end()
+** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init().  Typical tasks
+** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation
+** of static resources, initialization of global variables,
+** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up
+** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()].
+**
+** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
+** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
+** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
+** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
+** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
+** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
+** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2.
+** When [custom builds | built for other platforms]
+** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time
+** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
+** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
+** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
+** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon
+** failure.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_initialize(void);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_shutdown(void);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_os_init(void);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_os_end(void);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
+** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
+** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
+** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
+** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
+**
+** <b>The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application
+** must ensure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
+** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.</b>
+**
+** The sqlite3_config() interface
+** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
+** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE.
+** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
+** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
+**
+** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer
+** [configuration option] that determines
+** what property of SQLite is to be configured.  Subsequent arguments
+** vary depending on the [configuration option]
+** in the first argument.
+**
+** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK].
+** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
+** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_config(int, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
+** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
+** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
+** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
+**
+** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
+** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code 
+** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
+** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb.
+**
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if
+** the call is considered successful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines
+**
+** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
+** and low-level memory allocation routines.
+**
+** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
+** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
+** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC].  
+** By creating an instance of this object
+** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC])
+** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative
+** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its
+** dynamic memory needs.
+**
+** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators]
+** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
+** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
+** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
+** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
+** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
+** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
+** conditions.
+**
+** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the
+** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
+** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
+** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
+**
+** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
+** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
+** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
+**
+** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
+** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
+** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
+** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
+** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()]
+** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup.  If xRoundup returns 0, 
+** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail.
+**
+** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  For example,
+** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
+** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
+** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
+** xInit and xShutdown.
+**
+** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes
+** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  The
+** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
+** not need to be threadsafe either.  For all other methods, SQLite
+** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which
+** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized.
+** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other
+** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for
+** serialization.
+**
+** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
+** call to xShutdown().
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
+  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
+  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
+  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
+  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
+  int (*xRoundup)(int);          /* Round up request size to allocation size */
+  int (*xInit)(void*);           /* Initialize the memory allocator */
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);      /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */
+  void *pAppData;                /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options
+** KEYWORDS: {configuration option}
+**
+** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
+** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface.
+**
+** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
+** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that
+** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a
+** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
+** is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Single-thread.  In other words, it disables
+** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used
+** by a single thread.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default
+** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return 
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
+** configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Multi-thread.  In other words, it disables
+** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
+** The application is responsible for serializing access to
+** [database connections] and [prepared statements].  But other mutexes
+** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
+** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same
+** [database connection] at the same time.  ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and
+** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables
+** all mutexes including the recursive
+** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
+** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access
+** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
+** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
+** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
+** ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and
+** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is 
+** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.
+** The argument specifies
+** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
+** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes
+** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure
+** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt>
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a single argument which
+** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.
+** The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
+** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^
+** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
+** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
+** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
+** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes single argument of type int,
+** interpreted as a boolean, which enables or disables the collection of
+** memory allocation statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are
+** disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become non-operational:
+**   <ul>
+**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
+**   <li> [sqlite3_status64()]
+**   </ul>)^
+** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is
+** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory
+** allocation statistics are disabled by default.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
+** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH option specifies a static memory buffer
+** that SQLite can use for scratch memory.  ^(There are three arguments
+** to SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH:  A pointer an 8-byte
+** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be
+** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz),
+** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N).)^
+** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer
+** of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
+** ^SQLite will not use more than one scratch buffers per thread.
+** ^SQLite will never request a scratch buffer that is more than 6
+** times the database page size.
+** ^If SQLite needs needs additional
+** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then 
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.<p>
+** ^When the application provides any amount of scratch memory using
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH, SQLite avoids unnecessary large
+** [sqlite3_malloc|heap allocations].
+** This can help [Robson proof|prevent memory allocation failures] due to heap
+** fragmentation in low-memory embedded systems.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
+** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool
+** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page
+** cache implementation.  
+** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-define page
+** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2].
+** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to
+** 8-byte aligned memory (pMem), the size of each page cache line (sz),
+** and the number of cache lines (N).
+** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
+** (a power of two between 512 and 65536) plus some extra bytes for each
+** page header.  ^The number of extra bytes needed by the page header
+** can be determined using [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ].
+** ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
+** for the sz parameter to be larger than necessary.  The pMem
+** argument must be either a NULL pointer or a pointer to an 8-byte
+** aligned block of memory of at least sz*N bytes, otherwise
+** subsequent behavior is undefined.
+** ^When pMem is not NULL, SQLite will strive to use the memory provided
+** to satisfy page cache needs, falling back to [sqlite3_malloc()] if
+** a page cache line is larger than sz bytes or if all of the pMem buffer
+** is exhausted.
+** ^If pMem is NULL and N is non-zero, then each database connection
+** does an initial bulk allocation for page cache memory
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] sufficient for N cache lines if N is positive or
+** of -1024*N bytes if N is negative, . ^If additional
+** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by the initial
+** allocation, then SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] separately for each
+** additional cache line. </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
+** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer 
+** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs
+** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
+** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled
+** with either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] and returns
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] if invoked otherwise.
+** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP:
+** An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory,
+** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
+** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
+** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
+** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  ^If the
+** memory pointer is not NULL then the alternative memory
+** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.
+** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte
+** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
+** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values
+** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX option takes a single argument which is a
+** pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.
+** The argument specifies alternative low-level mutex routines to be used
+** in place the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^  ^SQLite makes a copy of
+** the content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to
+** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
+** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will
+** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt>
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX option takes a single argument which
+** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
+** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
+** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^
+** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
+** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
+** profiling or testing, for example.   ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
+** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will
+** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE option takes two arguments that determine
+** the default size of lookaside memory on each [database connection].
+** The first argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
+** slots allocated to each database connection.)^  ^(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
+** sets the <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
+** option to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
+** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2</dt>
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is 
+** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  This object specifies
+** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^
+** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2</dt>
+** <dd> ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a single argument which
+** is a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.  SQLite copies of
+** the current page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt>
+** <dd> The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite
+** global [error log].
+** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
+** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), 
+** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
+** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event.  ^If the
+** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op.
+** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is
+** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger
+** function whenever that function is invoked.  ^The second parameter to
+** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding
+** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an
+** [extended result code].  ^The third parameter passed to the logger is
+** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()].
+** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function
+** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface.
+** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger
+** function must be threadsafe. </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI
+** <dd>^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single argument of type int.
+** If non-zero, then URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero,
+** then URI handling is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally
+** enabled, all filenames passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()],
+** [sqlite3_open16()] or
+** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless
+** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database
+** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are
+** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
+** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally
+** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
+** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN
+** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN option takes a single integer
+** argument which is interpreted as a boolean in order to enable or disable
+** the use of covering indices for full table scans in the query optimizer.
+** ^The default setting is determined
+** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on"
+** if that compile-time option is omitted.
+** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans
+** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction
+** when the optimization is enabled.  Providing the ability to
+** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work
+** without change even with newer versions of SQLite.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE
+** <dd> These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code.
+** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG
+** <dd>This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should
+** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int).
+** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library
+** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the
+** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection
+** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument
+** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the
+** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter
+** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then
+** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The
+** third parameter is passed NULL In this case.  An example of using this
+** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in
+** the canonical SQLite source tree.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE
+** <dd>^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values
+** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for
+** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit.
+** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using
+** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the
+** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control.  ^(The maximum allowed mmap size
+** will be silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the
+** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the
+** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^
+** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is
+** changed to its compile-time default.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE
+** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE option is only available if SQLite is
+** compiled for Windows with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro
+** defined. ^SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value
+** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ
+** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes a single parameter which
+** is a pointer to an integer and writes into that integer the number of extra
+** bytes per page required for each page in [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
+** The amount of extra space required can change depending on the compiler,
+** target platform, and SQLite version.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ]]
+** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ
+** <dd>^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ option takes a single parameter which
+** is an unsigned integer and sets the "Minimum PMA Size" for the multithreaded
+** sorter to that integer.  The default minimum PMA Size is set by the
+** [SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ] compile-time option.  New threads are launched
+** to help with sort operations when multithreaded sorting
+** is enabled (using the [PRAGMA threads] command) and the amount of content
+** to be sorted exceeds the page size times the minimum of the
+** [PRAGMA cache_size] setting and this value.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE     7  /* void*, int sz, int N */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP          8  /* void*, int nByte, int min */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
+/* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ 
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE       14  /* no-op */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE    15  /* no-op */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG          16  /* xFunc, void* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI          17  /* int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2      18  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2   19  /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20  /* int */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG       21  /* xSqllog, void* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE    22  /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE      23  /* int nByte */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ        24  /* int *psz */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ               25  /* unsigned int szPma */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
+**
+** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
+** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
+**
+** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
+** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
+** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that
+** the call worked.  ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
+** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
+** is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
+** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
+** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
+** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
+** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb
+** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the
+** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot.  ^The third argument is the number of
+** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
+** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.  The buffer
+** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  ^If the second argument to
+** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally
+** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8.  ^(The lookaside memory
+** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that
+** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words
+** when the "current value" returned by
+** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero.
+** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside
+** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns 
+** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of
+** [foreign key constraints].  There should be two additional arguments.
+** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement,
+** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement
+** unchanged.  The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on
+** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
+** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers].
+** There should be two additional arguments.
+** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers,
+** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
+** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled
+** following this call.  The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
+** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd>
+**
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE       1001  /* void* int int */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY     1002  /* int int* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER  1003  /* int int* */
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
+** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result
+** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables)
+** has a unique 64-bit signed
+** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
+** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
+** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
+** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
+** is another alias for the rowid.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface returns the [rowid] of the 
+** most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table]
+** on database connection D.
+** ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not recorded.
+** ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables
+** have ever occurred on the database connection D, 
+** then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns zero.
+**
+** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table]
+** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted
+** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running.
+** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned 
+** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual
+** table method began.)^
+**
+** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
+** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this
+** routine.  ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
+** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
+** routine when their insertion fails.  ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE
+** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail.  The
+** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused
+** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
+** the return value of this interface.)^
+**
+** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to
+** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
+**
+** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the
+** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same
+** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
+** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid],
+** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
+** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
+** last insert [rowid].
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This function returns the number of rows modified, inserted or
+** deleted by the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE
+** statement on the database connection specified by the only parameter.
+** ^Executing any other type of SQL statement does not modify the value
+** returned by this function.
+**
+** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are
+** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], 
+** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted.
+** 
+** Changes to a view that are intercepted by 
+** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value 
+** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or 
+** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real 
+** tables are counted.
+**
+** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is
+** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the
+** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback
+** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially:
+** 
+** <ul>
+**   <li> ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by
+**        sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program 
+**        has finished, the original value is restored.)^
+** 
+**   <li> ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE 
+**        statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() 
+**        upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include 
+**        any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() 
+**        value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^
+** </ul>
+** 
+** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used
+** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it 
+** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing.
+** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger 
+** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the 
+** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger.
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the
+** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
+** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
+** is unpredictable and not meaningful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This function returns the total number of rows inserted, modified or
+** deleted by all [INSERT], [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements completed
+** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as
+** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement
+** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes().
+** 
+** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the
+** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are
+** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers 
+** are not counted.
+** 
+** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the
+** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function].
+**
+** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
+** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
+** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
+** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
+** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
+** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
+** immediately.
+**
+** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
+** thread that is currently running the database operation.  But it
+** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that
+** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
+**
+** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
+** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity
+** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
+**
+** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
+** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
+** will be rolled back automatically.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
+** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete.  ^Any new SQL statements
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the 
+** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
+** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call.  ^New SQL statements
+** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
+** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt().
+** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running
+** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements
+** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns.
+**
+** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
+** is running then bad things will likely happen.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete
+**
+** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the
+** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or
+** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
+** SQLite for parsing.  ^These routines return 1 if the input string
+** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  ^A statement is judged to be
+** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a
+** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement.  ^Semicolons that are embedded within
+** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
+** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
+** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.  ^Whitespace
+** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored.
+**
+** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete.  ^If a
+** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
+**
+** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
+** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
+**
+** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior 
+** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
+** automatically by sqlite3_complete16().  If that initialization fails,
+** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
+** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^
+**
+** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
+** UTF-8 string.
+**
+** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
+** UTF-16 string in native byte order.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
+** KEYWORDS: {busy-handler callback} {busy handler}
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X
+** that might be invoked with argument P whenever
+** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with
+** [database connection] D when another thread
+** or process has the table locked.
+** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement
+** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout].
+**
+** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY]
+** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.  ^If the busy callback
+** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
+**
+** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
+** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  ^The second argument to
+** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
+** been invoked previously for the same locking event.  ^If the
+** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
+** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned
+** to the application.
+** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
+** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats.
+**
+** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
+** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
+** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
+** to the application instead of invoking the 
+** busy handler.
+** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
+** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
+** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
+** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
+** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
+** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
+** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
+** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
+** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
+** the second process to proceed.
+**
+** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
+**
+** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
+** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
+** previously set handler.)^  ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
+** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the
+** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler.
+**
+** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
+** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  In other words,
+** the busy handler is not reentrant.  Any such actions
+** result in undefined behavior.
+** 
+** A busy handler must not close the database connection
+** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
+** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  ^The handler
+** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
+** have accumulated.  ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
+** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
+** [SQLITE_BUSY].
+**
+** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
+** turns off all busy handlers.
+**
+** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
+** [database connection] at any given moment.  If another busy handler
+** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
+** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
+**
+** See also:  [PRAGMA busy_timeout]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.
+** Use of this interface is not recommended.
+**
+** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
+** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
+** complete query results from one or more queries.
+**
+** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns.  But
+** these numbers are not part of the result table itself.  These
+** numbers are obtained separately.  Let N be the number of rows
+** and M be the number of columns.
+**
+** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
+** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array.  The first M pointers point
+** to zero-terminated strings that  contain the names of the columns.
+** The remaining entries all point to query results.  NULL values result
+** in NULL pointers.  All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated
+** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()].
+**
+** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations.
+** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()].
+** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()].
+**
+** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result
+** is as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**        Name        | Age
+**        -----------------------
+**        Alice       | 43
+**        Bob         | 28
+**        Cindy       | 21
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3).  Thus the
+** result table has 8 entries.  Suppose the result table is stored
+** in an array names azResult.  Then azResult holds this content:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**        azResult&#91;0] = "Name";
+**        azResult&#91;1] = "Age";
+**        azResult&#91;2] = "Alice";
+**        azResult&#91;3] = "43";
+**        azResult&#91;4] = "Bob";
+**        azResult&#91;5] = "28";
+**        azResult&#91;6] = "Cindy";
+**        azResult&#91;7] = "21";
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more
+** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8
+** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the
+** pointer given in its 3rd parameter.
+**
+** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(),
+** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
+** release the memory that was malloced.  Because of the way the
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling
+** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only
+** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely.
+**
+** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_exec()].  The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access
+** to any internal data structures of SQLite.  It uses only the public
+** interface defined here.  As a consequence, errors that occur in the
+** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not
+** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_get_table(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* An open database */
+  const char *zSql,     /* SQL to be evaluated */
+  char ***pazResult,    /* Results of the query */
+  int *pnRow,           /* Number of result rows written here */
+  int *pnColumn,        /* Number of result columns written here */
+  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
+);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
+**
+** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
+** from the standard C library.
+** These routines understand most of the common K&R formatting options,
+** plus some additional non-standard formats, detailed below.
+** Note that some of the more obscure formatting options from recent
+** C-library standards are omitted from this implementation.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
+** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
+** The strings returned by these two routines should be
+** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
+** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
+** memory to hold the resulting string.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
+** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
+** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
+** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
+** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^  This is an
+** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking
+** backwards compatibility.  ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf()
+** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of
+** characters actually written into the buffer.)^  We admit that
+** the number of characters written would be a more useful return
+** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf()
+** now without breaking compatibility.
+**
+** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf()
+** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  ^The first
+** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
+** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
+** written will be n-1 characters.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
+**
+** These routines all implement some additional formatting
+** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
+** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
+** is are "%q", "%Q", "%w" and "%z" options.
+**
+** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
+** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
+** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
+** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
+** the string.
+**
+** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
+** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
+** would have looked like this:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
+** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
+**
+** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
+** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
+** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
+** single quotes).)^  So, for example, one could say:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
+**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
+**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
+** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^(The "%w" formatting option is like "%q" except that it expects to
+** be contained within double-quotes instead of single quotes, and it
+** escapes the double-quote character instead of the single-quote
+** character.)^  The "%w" formatting option is intended for safely inserting
+** table and column names into a constructed SQL statement.
+**
+** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
+** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
+** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
+SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
+SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_API char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem
+**
+** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own
+** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
+** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
+** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
+** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
+** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
+** memory, it returns a NULL pointer.  ^If the parameter N to
+** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
+** a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_malloc64(N) routine works just like
+** sqlite3_malloc(N) except that N is an unsigned 64-bit integer instead
+** of a signed 32-bit integer.
+**
+** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
+** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
+** that it might be reused.  ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
+** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer.  Passing a NULL pointer
+** to sqlite3_free() is harmless.  After being freed, memory
+** should neither be read nor written.  Even reading previously freed
+** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
+** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
+** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
+** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_realloc(X,N) interface attempts to resize a
+** prior memory allocation X to be at least N bytes.
+** ^If the X parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N)
+** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
+** sqlite3_malloc(N).
+** ^If the N parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) is zero or
+** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
+** sqlite3_free(X).
+** ^sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns a pointer to a memory allocation
+** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if insufficient memory is available.
+** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
+** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
+** by sqlite3_realloc(X,N) and the prior allocation is freed.
+** ^If sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns NULL and N is positive, then the
+** prior allocation is not freed.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_realloc64(X,N) interfaces works the same as
+** sqlite3_realloc(X,N) except that N is a 64-bit unsigned integer instead
+** of a 32-bit signed integer.
+**
+** ^If X is a memory allocation previously obtained from sqlite3_malloc(),
+** sqlite3_malloc64(), sqlite3_realloc(), or sqlite3_realloc64(), then
+** sqlite3_msize(X) returns the size of that memory allocation in bytes.
+** ^The value returned by sqlite3_msize(X) might be larger than the number
+** of bytes requested when X was allocated.  ^If X is a NULL pointer then
+** sqlite3_msize(X) returns zero.  If X points to something that is not
+** the beginning of memory allocation, or if it points to a formerly
+** valid memory allocation that has now been freed, then the behavior
+** of sqlite3_msize(X) is undefined and possibly harmful.
+**
+** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc(), sqlite3_realloc(),
+** sqlite3_malloc64(), and sqlite3_realloc64()
+** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
+** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
+** option is used.
+**
+** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
+** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
+** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
+** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
+**
+** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called
+** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
+** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
+** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
+** installation.  Memory allocation errors were detected, but
+** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
+** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
+**
+** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
+** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
+** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
+** not yet been released.
+**
+** The application must not read or write any part of
+** a block of memory after it has been released using
+** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_malloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64);
+SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_realloc64(void*, sqlite3_uint64);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_free(void*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_uint64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_msize(void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
+**
+** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
+** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
+** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes
+** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed).
+** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
+** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark
+** was last reset.  ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
+** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
+** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
+** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
+** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
+**
+** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of
+** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
+** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true.  ^The value returned
+** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark
+** prior to the reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_memory_used(void);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator
+**
+** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
+** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that
+** already uses the largest possible [ROWID].  The PRNG is also used for
+** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
+** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
+**
+** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
+** ^The P parameter can be a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous
+** call had N less than one or a NULL pointer for P, then the PRNG is
+** seeded using randomness obtained from the xRandomness method of
+** the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
+** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more and a
+** non-NULL P then the pseudo-randomness is generated
+** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
+** method.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular
+** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
+** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
+** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
+** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  ^At various
+** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
+** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
+** see if those actions are allowed.  ^The authorizer callback should
+** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
+** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
+** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
+** rejected with an error.  ^If the authorizer callback returns
+** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
+** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
+** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
+**
+** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
+** requested is ok.  ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
+** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
+** access is denied. 
+**
+** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
+** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
+** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
+** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters
+** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
+** details about the action to be authorized.
+**
+** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
+** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
+** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
+** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
+** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
+** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
+** columns of a table.
+** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
+** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the
+** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually.
+**
+** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
+** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
+** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
+** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
+** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
+** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
+** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
+** database.  An authorizer could then be put in place while the
+** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that
+** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements.
+**
+** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources
+** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()]
+** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]
+** in addition to using an authorizer.
+**
+** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
+** at a time.  Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
+** previous call.)^  ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
+** The authorizer is disabled by default.
+**
+** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
+** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
+** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
+** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
+**
+** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
+** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
+** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
+** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
+** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_set_authorizer(
+  sqlite3*,
+  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
+  void *pUserData
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes
+**
+** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
+** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
+** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
+** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
+** information.
+**
+** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [conflict resolution mode]
+** returned from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
+#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes
+**
+** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
+** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions.  The
+** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
+** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
+** the authorizer callback may be passed.
+**
+** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
+** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
+** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
+** codes is used as the second parameter.  ^(The 5th parameter to the
+** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
+** etc.) if applicable.)^  ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
+** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
+** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
+** top-level SQL code.
+*/
+/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
+#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* Operation       NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
+#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE          26   /* Database Name   Table Name      */
+#define SQLITE_REINDEX              27   /* Index Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
+#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
+#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
+#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* NULL            Function Name   */
+#define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT            32   /* Operation       Savepoint Name  */
+#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
+#define SQLITE_RECURSIVE            33   /* NULL            NULL            */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
+** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
+**
+** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
+** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
+** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the
+** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing.
+** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur
+** as each triggered subprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
+** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^
+**
+** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit
+** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace().
+**
+** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
+** as each SQL statement finishes.  ^The profile callback contains
+** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
+** of how long that statement took to run.  ^The profile callback
+** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation
+** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant
+** digits in the time are meaningless.  Future versions of SQLite
+** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback.  The
+** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is
+** subject to change in future versions of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
+   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback
+** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to
+** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for
+** database connection D.  An example use for this
+** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
+**
+** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the 
+** callback function X.  ^The parameter N is the approximate number of 
+** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
+** invocations of the callback X.  ^If N is less than one then the progress
+** handler is disabled.
+**
+** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per
+** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the
+** old one.  ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler.
+** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less
+** than 1.
+**
+** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
+** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
+** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
+**
+** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
+** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3
+**
+** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the 
+** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
+** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
+** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
+** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
+** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
+** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
+** [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
+** an English language description of the error following a failure of any
+** of the sqlite3_open() routines.
+**
+** ^The default encoding will be UTF-8 for databases created using
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  ^The default encoding for databases
+** created using sqlite3_open16() will be UTF-16 in the native byte order.
+**
+** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
+** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
+** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
+**
+** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
+** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
+** over the new database connection.  ^(The flags parameter to
+** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of
+** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^
+**
+** <dl>
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
+** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^
+**
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
+** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
+** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^
+**
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if
+** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+**
+** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
+** combinations shown above optionally combined with other
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits]
+** then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
+** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
+** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  ^If the
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
+** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
+** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
+** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
+** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared
+** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()].  ^The
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not
+** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled.
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
+** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
+** the new database connection should use.  ^If the fourth parameter is
+** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
+**
+** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
+** is created for the connection.  ^This in-memory database will vanish when
+** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
+** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
+** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
+** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
+** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
+**
+** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
+** on-disk database will be created.  ^This private database will be
+** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
+**
+** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3>
+**
+** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument
+** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI
+** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is
+** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has
+** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the
+** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option.
+** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off
+** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename
+** interpretation by default.  See "[URI filenames]" for additional
+** information.
+**
+** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
+** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string 
+** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an 
+** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if 
+** present, is ignored.
+**
+** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
+** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, 
+** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin 
+** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
+** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. 
+** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path 
+** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^
+**
+** [[core URI query parameters]]
+** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted
+** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation].
+** SQLite and its built-in [VFSes] interpret the
+** following query parameters:
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of
+**     a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should
+**     be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to
+**     an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown
+**     VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is
+**     present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over
+**     the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+**   <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw",
+**     "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is
+**     an error)^. 
+**     ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only 
+**     access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the 
+**     third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to 
+**     "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) 
+**     access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had 
+**     been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both 
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE.  ^If the mode option is
+**     set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads
+**     or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for
+**     the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by
+**     the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+**   <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
+**     "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
+**     sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is 
+**     equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
+**     ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
+**     a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting
+**     SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag.
+**
+**  <li> <b>psow</b>: ^The psow parameter indicates whether or not the
+**     [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the
+**     storage media on which the database file resides.
+**
+**  <li> <b>nolock</b>: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter
+**     which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes.  This
+**     is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not
+**     support locking.  Caution:  Database corruption might result if two
+**     or more processes write to the same database and any one of those
+**     processes uses nolock=1.
+**
+**  <li> <b>immutable</b>: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query
+**     parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on
+**     read-only media.  ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the
+**     database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher
+**     privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking
+**     and change detection is disabled.  Caution: Setting the immutable
+**     property on a database file that does in fact change can result
+**     in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors.
+**     See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE].
+**       
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
+** error.  Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query
+** parameters.  See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for
+** additional information.
+**
+** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3>
+**
+** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5>
+** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results
+** <tr><td> file:data.db <td> 
+**          Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
+** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br>
+**          file:///home/fred/data.db <br> 
+**          file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td> 
+**          Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
+** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td> 
+**          An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
+** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap"> 
+**          file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
+**     <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
+**          C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly 
+**          necessary - space characters can be used literally
+**          in URI filenames.
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td> 
+**          Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
+**          Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
+**          default, use a private cache.
+** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile <td>
+**          Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile"
+**          that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking.
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td> 
+**          An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
+** </table>
+**
+** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
+** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
+** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits 
+** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
+** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all 
+** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
+** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
+** the results are undefined.
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows users:</b>  The encoding used for the filename argument
+** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
+** codepage is currently defined.  Filenames containing international
+** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
+** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
+** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().  Otherwise, various
+** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_open(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_open16(
+  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_open_v2(
+  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+  int flags,              /* Flags */
+  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
+**
+** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check
+** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query 
+** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter.
+**
+** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of 
+** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or 
+** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and
+** P is the name of the query parameter, then
+** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P
+** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a 
+** query parameter on F.  If P is a query parameter of F
+** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns
+** a pointer to an empty string.
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean
+** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value
+** of P.  The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the
+** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any
+** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number.  The 
+** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of
+** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or
+** if the value begins with a numeric zero.  If P is not a query
+** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the
+** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0).
+**
+** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a
+** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not
+** exist.  If the value of P is something other than an integer, then
+** zero is returned.
+** 
+** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and
+** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B.  If F is not a NULL pointer and
+** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen
+** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably
+** undesirable.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with 
+** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface
+** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that
+** API call.
+** If the most recent API call was successful,
+** then the return value from sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.
+** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
+** interface is the same except that it always returns the 
+** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
+** disabled.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
+** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
+** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
+** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
+** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
+** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text
+** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8.
+** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally
+** and must not be freed by the application)^.
+**
+** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
+** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
+** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces.
+** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these
+** interfaces always report the most recent result.  To avoid
+** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D
+** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning
+** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after
+** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed.
+**
+** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
+** was invoked incorrectly by the application.  In that case, the
+** error code and message may or may not be set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_errstr(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Object
+** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
+**
+** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement that
+** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated.
+**
+** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program.  The
+** original SQL text is source code.  A prepared statement object 
+** is the compiled object code.  All SQL must be converted into a
+** prepared statement before it can be run.
+**
+** The life-cycle of a prepared statement object usually goes like this:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li> Create the prepared statement object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()].
+** <li> Bind values to [parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
+**      interfaces.
+** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
+** <li> Reset the prepared statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
+**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
+** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
+** </ol>
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
+** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
+** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried.  The
+** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
+** class of constructs to be size limited.  The third parameter is the
+** new limit for that construct.)^
+**
+** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
+** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a 
+** [limits | hard upper bound]
+** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
+** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>].
+** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^
+** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
+** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
+**
+** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the 
+** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
+** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
+** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
+**
+** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
+** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
+** by untrusted external sources.  An example application might be a
+** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and
+** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
+** off the Internet.  The internal databases can be given the
+** large, default limits.  Databases managed by external sources can
+** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service
+** attack.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
+** interface to further control untrusted SQL.  The size of the database
+** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the
+** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
+**
+** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories
+** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories}
+**
+** These constants define various performance limits
+** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()].
+** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below.
+** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite].
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
+** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index
+** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
+** used to implement an SQL statement.  This limit is not currently
+** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of
+** SQLite.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
+** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of auxiliary worker threads that a single
+** [prepared statement] may start.</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                1
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    2
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                3
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           4
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   5
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              6
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH            10
+#define SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS           11
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
+** program using one of these routines.
+**
+** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
+** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or
+** [sqlite3_open16()].  The database connection must not have been closed.
+**
+** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
+** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
+** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
+** use UTF-16.
+**
+** ^If the nByte argument is negative, then zSql is read up to the
+** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is positive, then it is the
+** number of bytes read from zSql.  ^If nByte is zero, then no prepared
+** statement is generated.
+** If the caller knows that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then
+** there is a small performance advantage to passing an nByte parameter that
+** is the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
+** the nul-terminator.
+**
+** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
+** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only
+** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to
+** what remains uncompiled.
+**
+** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
+** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
+** to NULL.  ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
+** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
+** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
+** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
+** ppStmt may not be NULL.
+**
+** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK];
+** otherwise an [error code] is returned.
+**
+** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
+** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
+** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
+** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
+** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
+** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
+** behave differently in three ways:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li>
+** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
+** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
+** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY]
+** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error.
+** </li>
+**
+** <li>
+** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
+** [error codes] or [extended error codes].  ^The legacy behavior was that
+** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
+** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()]
+** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
+** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
+** </li>
+**
+** <li>
+** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the 
+** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement,
+** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been 
+** a schema change, on the first  [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
+** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. 
+** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the 
+** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
+** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
+** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled.
+** </li>
+** </ol>
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_prepare(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_prepare_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_prepare16(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
+  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
+  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
+  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
+  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
+** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
+** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if
+** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to
+** the content of the database file.
+**
+** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
+** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.  
+** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that 
+** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would
+** change the database file through side-effects:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+**    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file
+** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^
+**
+** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK],
+** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true,
+** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but
+** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the 
+** database.  ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause
+** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
+** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make 
+** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the
+** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using 
+** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned
+** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor
+** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)].  ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S)
+** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer.  If S is not a 
+** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement]
+** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable.
+**
+** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()]
+** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database 
+** connection that are in need of being reset.  This can be used,
+** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared 
+** statements that are holding a transaction open.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object
+** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
+**
+** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
+** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
+** for the values it stores.  ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
+** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
+**
+** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
+** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
+** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
+** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
+** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.  The
+** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new 
+** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value.
+**
+** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
+** a mutex is held.  An internal mutex is held for a protected
+** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
+** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
+** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
+** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
+** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
+** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
+** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected
+** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
+** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
+** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
+** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
+** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
+** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
+** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
+*/
+typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object
+**
+** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
+** sqlite3_context object.  ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
+** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
+** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
+** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
+** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()],
+** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()],
+** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()].
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements
+** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
+** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
+** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
+** templates:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  ?
+** <li>  ?NNN
+** <li>  :VVV
+** <li>  @VVV
+** <li>  $VVV
+** </ul>
+**
+** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal,
+** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^  ^The values of these
+** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
+** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
+**
+** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
+** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
+**
+** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
+** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  ^When the same named
+** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
+** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
+** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  ^The index
+** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
+** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
+** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
+**
+** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
+** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter
+** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null().
+**
+** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
+** number of bytes in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the
+** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^
+** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16()
+** is negative, then the length of the string is
+** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
+** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then
+** the behavior is undefined.
+** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text()
+** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then
+** that parameter must be the byte offset
+** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL
+** terminated.  If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than 
+** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will
+** contain embedded NULs.  The result of expressions involving strings
+** with embedded NULs is undefined.
+**
+** ^The fifth argument to the BLOB and string binding interfaces
+** is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
+** string after SQLite has finished with it.  ^The destructor is called
+** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to bind API fails.
+** ^If the fifth argument is
+** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
+** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
+** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
+** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
+** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
+**
+** ^The sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() must be one of
+** [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE]
+** to specify the encoding of the text in the third parameter.  If
+** the sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not one of the
+** allowed values shown above, or if the text encoding is different
+** from the encoding specified by the sixth parameter, then the behavior
+** is undefined.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
+** is filled with zeroes.  ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
+** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
+** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
+** content is later written using
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
+** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
+**
+** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer
+** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which
+** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()],
+** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE].  If any sqlite3_bind_()
+** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the
+** result is undefined and probably harmful.
+**
+** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
+** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
+** [error code] if anything goes wrong.
+** ^[SQLITE_TOOBIG] might be returned if the size of a string or BLOB
+** exceeds limits imposed by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) or
+** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH].
+** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
+** index is out of range.  ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_blob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, sqlite3_uint64,
+                        void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64,
+                         void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
+** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
+** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
+** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
+** to the parameters at a later time.
+**
+** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
+** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
+** number of unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN form are used,
+** there may be gaps in the list.)^
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns
+** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P.
+** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
+** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
+** respectively.
+** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
+** is included as part of the name.)^
+** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
+** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters".
+**
+** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
+**
+** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is
+** nameless, then NULL is returned.  ^The returned string is
+** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
+** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
+** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  ^The
+** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
+** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  ^A zero
+** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  ^The parameter
+** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
+** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
+** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
+** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
+** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
+** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
+** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  ^The sqlite3_column_name()
+** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
+** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
+** UTF-16 string.  ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
+** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the
+** column number.  ^The leftmost column is number 0.
+**
+** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
+** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
+** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
+** or until the next call to
+** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
+**
+** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
+** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
+** NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for
+** that column, if there is an AS clause.  If there is no AS clause
+** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
+** one release of SQLite to the next.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
+SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and
+** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in
+** [SELECT] statement.
+** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
+** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  ^The _database_ routines return
+** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
+** the origin_ routines return the column name.
+** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
+** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
+** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
+** or until the same information is requested
+** again in a different encoding.
+**
+** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
+** database, table, and column.
+**
+** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement].
+** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by
+** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
+** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines.
+**
+** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
+** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
+** NULL.  ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
+** occurs.  ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table,
+** or column that query result column was extracted from.
+**
+** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return
+** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8.
+**
+** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol.
+**
+** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
+** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
+** undefined.
+**
+** If two or more threads call one or more
+** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
+** for the same [prepared statement] and result column
+** at the same time then the results are undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
+** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
+** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
+** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
+** column is returned.)^  ^If the Nth column of the result set is an
+** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
+** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded.
+**
+** ^(For example, given the database schema:
+**
+** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
+**
+** and the following statement to be compiled:
+**
+** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
+**
+** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
+** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^
+**
+** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  ^So just because a column
+** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
+** data stored in that column is of the declared type.  SQLite is
+** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static.  ^Type
+** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
+** used to hold those values.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
+** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
+** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
+**
+** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
+** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
+** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
+** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
+** interface will continue to be supported.
+**
+** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
+** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
+** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
+** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
+** database locks it needs to do its job.  ^If the statement is a [COMMIT]
+** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
+** statement.  If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an
+** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
+** continuing.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
+** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
+** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
+** machine back to its initial state.
+**
+** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
+** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
+** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
+** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
+**
+** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
+** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
+** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
+** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
+** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
+** [prepared statement].  ^In the "v2" interface,
+** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step().
+**
+** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
+** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has
+** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had
+** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
+** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
+** more threads at the same moment in time.
+**
+** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to
+** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything
+** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
+** sqlite3_step().  Failure to reset the prepared statement using 
+** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
+** sqlite3_step().  But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began
+** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather
+** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE].  This is not considered a compatibility
+** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error
+** is broken by definition.  The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option
+** can be used to restore the legacy behavior.
+**
+** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
+** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
+** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call
+** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the
+** specific [error codes] that better describes the error.
+** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
+** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
+** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
+** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
+** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
+** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the
+** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P.
+** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return
+** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of
+** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0.
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer.
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to
+** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE].  ^The sqlite3_data_count(P)
+** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned
+** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum]
+** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step
+** pragma returns 0 columns of data.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes
+** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
+**
+** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> 64-bit signed integer
+** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number
+** <li> string
+** <li> BLOB
+** <li> NULL
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** These constants are codes for each of those types.
+**
+** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
+** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
+** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not
+** SQLITE_TEXT.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
+#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
+#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
+#define SQLITE_NULL     5
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
+# undef SQLITE_TEXT
+#else
+# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
+#endif
+#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query
+** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current
+** result row of a query.  ^In every case the first argument is a pointer
+** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
+** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
+** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
+** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
+** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using
+** [sqlite3_column_count()].
+**
+** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
+** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
+** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to
+** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither
+** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently.
+** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or
+** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned
+** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined.
+** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]
+** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
+** are pending, then the results are undefined.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
+** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
+** of the result column.  ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
+** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].  The value
+** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type
+** conversions have occurred as described below.  After a type conversion,
+** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined.  Future
+** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
+** following a type conversion.
+**
+** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
+** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
+** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
+** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
+** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
+** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns
+** the number of bytes in that string.
+** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero.
+**
+** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
+** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts
+** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes.
+** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses
+** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns
+** the number of bytes in that string.
+** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero.
+**
+** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and 
+** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end
+** of the string.  ^For clarity: the values returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of
+** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
+**
+** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
+** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated.  ^The return
+** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer.
+**
+** <b>Warning:</b> ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.  In a multithreaded environment,
+** an unprotected sqlite3_value object may only be used safely with
+** [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
+** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
+** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
+** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe.
+**
+** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  ^For
+** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
+** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
+** conversion automatically.  ^(The following table details the conversions
+** that are applied:
+**
+** <blockquote>
+** <table border="1">
+** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th>  Conversion
+**
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td> INTEGER   <td> Result is 0
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Result is 0.0
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   TEXT    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
+** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   BLOB    <td> Result is a NULL pointer
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert from integer to float
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
+** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the float
+** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   BLOB    <td> [CAST] to BLOB
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
+** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>   BLOB    <td> No change
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td> INTEGER   <td> [CAST] to INTEGER
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>  FLOAT    <td> [CAST] to REAL
+** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>   TEXT    <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
+** </table>
+** </blockquote>)^
+**
+** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
+** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
+** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated.
+** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
+** in the following cases:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
+**      need to be added to the string.</li>
+** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-16.</li>
+** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+**      sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
+**      to UTF-8.</li>
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
+** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
+** that the prior pointer references will have been modified.  Other kinds
+** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
+** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
+**
+** The safest policy is to invoke these routines
+** in one of the following ways:
+**
+** <ul>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
+**  <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li>
+** </ul>
+**
+** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(),
+** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result
+** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result.  Do not mix calls
+** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
+** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
+**
+** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
+** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
+** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called.  ^The memory space used to hold strings
+** and BLOBs is freed automatically.  Do <em>not</em> pass the pointers returned
+** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
+** [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
+** of these routines, a default value is returned.  The default value
+** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL
+** pointer.  Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API double SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object
+** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
+** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors
+** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns
+** SQLITE_OK.  ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then
+** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or
+** [extended error code].
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during
+** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S:
+** before statement S is ever evaluated, after
+** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call
+** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has
+** completed execution.
+**
+** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op.
+**
+** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid
+** resource leaks.  It is a grievous error for the application to try to use
+** a prepared statement after it has been finalized.  Any use of a prepared
+** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and
+** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
+** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
+** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
+** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
+** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
+** back to the beginning of its program.
+**
+** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
+** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
+** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
+**
+** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
+** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
+** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions
+** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
+** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
+** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
+** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only differences between
+** these routines are the text encoding expected for
+** the second parameter (the name of the function being created)
+** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
+** the application data pointer.
+**
+** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
+** function is to be added.  ^If an application uses more than one database
+** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added
+** to each database connection separately.
+**
+** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
+** redefined.  ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8
+** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator.  ^Note that the name
+** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.  
+** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
+** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned.
+**
+** ^The third parameter (nArg)
+** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
+** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or
+** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit
+** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]).  If the third
+** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is
+** undefined.
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
+** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
+** its parameters.  The application should set this parameter to
+** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes 
+** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the
+** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or
+** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8]
+** otherwise.  ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using
+** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for
+** each encoding.
+** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
+** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
+**
+** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC]
+** to signal that the function will always return the same result given
+** the same inputs within a single SQL statement.  Most SQL functions are
+** deterministic.  The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a
+** function that is not deterministic.  The SQLite query planner is able to
+** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use
+** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible.
+**
+** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation of the
+** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^
+**
+** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
+** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
+** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
+** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal
+** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
+** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing
+** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function
+** callbacks.
+**
+** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL,
+** then it is destructor for the application data pointer. 
+** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being
+** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^
+** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
+** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails.
+** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it
+** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data 
+** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2().
+**
+** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
+** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
+** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  ^SQLite will use
+** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the
+** SQL function is used.  ^A function implementation with a non-negative
+** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
+** a negative nArg.  ^A function where the preferred text encoding
+** matches the database encoding is a better
+** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
+** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
+** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
+** between UTF8 and UTF16.
+**
+** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
+**
+** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other
+** SQLite interfaces.  However, such calls must not
+** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
+** statement in which the function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_function(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_function16(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const void *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_function_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zFunctionName,
+  int nArg,
+  int eTextRep,
+  void *pApp,
+  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings
+**
+** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
+** text encodings supported by SQLite.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_UTF8           1    /* IMP: R-37514-35566 */
+#define SQLITE_UTF16LE        2    /* IMP: R-03371-37637 */
+#define SQLITE_UTF16BE        3    /* IMP: R-51971-34154 */
+#define SQLITE_UTF16          4    /* Use native byte order */
+#define SQLITE_ANY            5    /* Deprecated */
+#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Function Flags
+**
+** These constants may be ORed together with the 
+** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument
+** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or
+** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC    0x800
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
+** DEPRECATED
+**
+** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
+** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
+** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
+** the use of these functions.  To encourage programmers to avoid
+** these functions, we will not explain what they do.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_global_recover(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),
+                      void*,sqlite3_int64);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Values
+** METHOD: sqlite3_value
+**
+** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
+** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
+** the function or aggregate.  
+**
+** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
+** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
+** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates.
+** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
+** [protected sqlite3_value] objects.  There is one [sqlite3_value] object for
+** each parameter to the SQL function.  These routines are used to
+** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
+**
+** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
+** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
+** object results in undefined behavior.
+**
+** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
+** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
+** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
+** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  ^The
+** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
+** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
+** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
+** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
+** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
+** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
+** then the conversion is performed.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.
+** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^
+**
+** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
+** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
+** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
+** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
+** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].
+**
+** These routines must be called from the same thread as
+** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API double SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API const void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Finding The Subtype Of SQL Values
+** METHOD: sqlite3_value
+**
+** The sqlite3_value_subtype(V) function returns the subtype for
+** an [application-defined SQL function] argument V.  The subtype
+** information can be used to pass a limited amount of context from
+** one SQL function to another.  Use the [sqlite3_result_subtype()]
+** routine to set the subtype for the return value of an SQL function.
+**
+** SQLite makes no use of subtype itself.  It merely passes the subtype
+** from the result of one [application-defined SQL function] into the
+** input of another.
+*/
+SQLITE_API unsigned int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Copy And Free SQL Values
+** METHOD: sqlite3_value
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
+** object D and returns a pointer to that copy.  ^The [sqlite3_value] returned
+** is a [protected sqlite3_value] object even if the input is not.
+** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface returns NULL if V is NULL or if a
+** memory allocation fails.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_value_free(V) interface frees an [sqlite3_value] object
+** previously obtained from [sqlite3_value_dup()].  ^If V is a NULL pointer
+** then sqlite3_value_free(V) is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context
+** METHOD: sqlite3_context
+**
+** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
+** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
+**
+** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called 
+** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite
+** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
+** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance,
+** the same buffer is returned.  Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally
+** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one
+** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked.  ^(When no rows match
+** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function
+** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once.
+** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
+** first time from within xFinal().)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer 
+** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory
+** allocate error occurs.
+**
+** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is
+** determined by the N parameter on first successful call.  Changing the
+** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
+** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
+** allocation.)^  Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set
+** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no 
+** pointless memory allocations occur.
+**
+** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by 
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
+**
+** The first parameter must be a copy of the
+** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
+** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate
+** function.
+**
+** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
+** the aggregate SQL function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions
+** METHOD: sqlite3_context
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
+** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
+** registered the application defined function.
+**
+** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
+** the application-defined function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions
+** METHOD: sqlite3_context
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
+** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
+** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
+** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
+** registered the application defined function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data
+** METHOD: sqlite3_context
+**
+** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to
+** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
+** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
+** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved.  An example
+** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching
+** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as
+** metadata associated with the pattern string.  
+** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same,
+** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
+** invocations of the same function.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
+** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
+** value to the application-defined function. ^If there is no metadata
+** associated with the function argument, this sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface
+** returns a NULL pointer.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th
+** argument of the application-defined function.  ^Subsequent
+** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or
+** NULL if the metadata has been discarded.
+** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL,
+** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly
+** once, when the metadata is discarded.
+** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including: <ul>
+** <li> when the corresponding function parameter changes, or
+** <li> when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the
+**      SQL statement, or
+** <li> when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same parameter, or
+** <li> during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory 
+**      allocation error occurs. </ul>)^
+**
+** Note the last bullet in particular.  The destructor X in 
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns.  Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata()
+** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the
+** function implementation should not make any use of P after
+** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called.
+**
+** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
+** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal
+** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^
+**
+** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
+** the SQL function is running.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior
+**
+** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
+** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()].  ^If the destructor
+** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
+** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  ^The
+** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
+** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
+** the content before returning.
+**
+** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
+** C++ compilers.
+*/
+typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
+#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
+#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function
+** METHOD: sqlite3_context
+**
+** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
+** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
+** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
+** for additional information.
+**
+** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
+** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
+** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
+** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
+** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
+** third parameter.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N) and sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(C,N)
+** interfaces set the result of the application-defined function to be
+** a BLOB containing all zero bytes and N bytes in size.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
+** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
+** by its 2nd argument.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
+** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
+** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
+** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
+** as the text of an error message.  ^SQLite interprets the error
+** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite
+** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
+** byte order.  ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
+** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
+** message all text up through the first zero character.
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
+** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
+** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
+** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
+** they return.  Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
+** modify the text after they return without harm.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
+** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function.  ^By default,
+** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR.  ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
+** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an
+** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an
+** error indicating that a memory allocation failed.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
+** value given in the 2nd argument.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
+** value given in the 2nd argument.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
+** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
+** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
+** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
+** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
+** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_text64() interface sets the return value of an
+** application-defined function to be a text string in an encoding
+** specified by the fifth (and last) parameter, which must be one
+** of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE].
+** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from
+** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
+** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
+** through the first zero character.
+** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
+** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
+** function result.  If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it
+** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would
+** appear if the string where NUL terminated.  If any NUL characters occur
+** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd
+** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the
+** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
+** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
+** finished using that result.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
+** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
+** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
+** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content
+** when it has finished using that result.
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
+** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
+** the application-defined function to be a copy of the
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  ^The
+** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
+** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
+** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
+** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
+** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
+**
+** If these routines are called from within the different thread
+** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
+** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_blob64(sqlite3_context*,const void*,
+                           sqlite3_uint64,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64,
+                           void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Setting The Subtype Of An SQL Function
+** METHOD: sqlite3_context
+**
+** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of
+** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with 
+** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T.  Only the lower 8 bits 
+** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite;
+** higher order bits are discarded.
+** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase
+** in future releases of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated
+** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument.
+**
+** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string
+** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
+** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16().
+** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are
+** considered to be the same name.
+**
+** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants:
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED].
+** </ul>)^
+** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed
+** to the collating function callback, xCallback.
+** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep
+** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order.
+** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin
+** on an even byte address.
+**
+** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed
+** through as the first argument to the collating function callback.
+**
+** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function.
+** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but
+** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever
+** function requires the least amount of data transformation.
+** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is
+** deleted.  ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted,
+** that collation is no longer usable.
+**
+** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg 
+** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified
+** by the eTextRep argument.  The collating function must return an
+** integer that is negative, zero, or positive
+** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second,
+** respectively.  A collating function must always return the same answer
+** given the same inputs.  If two or more collating functions are registered
+** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all
+** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings.
+** The collating function must obey the following properties for all
+** strings A, B, and C:
+**
+** <ol>
+** <li> If A==B then B==A.
+** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C.
+** <li> If A&lt;B THEN B&gt;A.
+** <li> If A&lt;B and B&lt;C then A&lt;C.
+** </ol>
+**
+** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that
+** collating function is  registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite
+** is undefined.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
+** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when
+** the collating function is deleted.
+** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later
+** calls to the collation creation functions or when the
+** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the 
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails.  Applications that invoke
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should 
+** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer
+** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them.
+** This is different from every other SQLite interface.  The inconsistency 
+** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards 
+** compatibility.
+**
+** See also:  [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_collation(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const char *zName, 
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_collation16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  const void *zName,
+  int eTextRep, 
+  void *pArg,
+  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
+** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
+** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation
+** sequence is required.
+**
+** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
+** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
+** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
+** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
+** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback.
+**
+** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
+** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
+** sqlite3_collation_needed16().  The second argument is the database
+** connection.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
+** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
+** sequence function required.  The fourth parameter is the name of the
+** required collation sequence.)^
+**
+** The callback function should register the desired collation using
+** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
+** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_collation_needed(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*, 
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
+);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void*,
+  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+/*
+** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
+** called right after sqlite3_open().
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_key(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
+);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_key_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
+);
+
+/*
+** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
+** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
+** database is decrypted.
+**
+** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
+** of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_rekey(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
+);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_rekey_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
+  const char *zDbName,           /* Name of the database */
+  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
+);
+
+/*
+** Specify the activation key for a SEE database.  Unless 
+** activated, none of the SEE routines will work.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_activate_see(
+  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
+);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+/*
+** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database.  Unless 
+** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_activate_cerod(
+  const char *zPassPhrase        /* Activation phrase */
+);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time
+**
+** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
+** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
+**
+** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with
+** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to
+** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
+** requested from the operating system is returned.
+**
+** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
+** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.  If the xSleep() method
+** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at
+** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description
+** in the previous paragraphs.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_sleep(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files
+**
+** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
+** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS]
+** will be placed in that directory.)^  ^If this variable
+** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
+** temporary file directory.
+**
+** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable.
+** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT).
+** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications
+** neither read nor write this variable.  This global variable is a relic
+** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should
+** be avoided in new projects.
+**
+** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
+** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
+** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
+** thread.
+** It is intended that this variable be set once
+** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
+** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
+** thereafter.
+**
+** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
+** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
+** using [sqlite3_free].
+** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
+** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
+** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
+** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite
+** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to.  If
+** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do
+** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection]
+** objects have been destroyed.
+**
+** <b>Note to Windows Runtime users:</b>  The temporary directory must be set
+** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2].  Otherwise, various
+** features that require the use of temporary files may fail.  Here is an
+** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
+** &nbsp;     TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
+** char zPathBuf&#91;MAX_PATH + 1&#93;;
+** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
+** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
+** &nbsp;     NULL, NULL);
+** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
+** </pre></blockquote>
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files
+**
+** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
+** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files
+** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by
+** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed
+** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL
+** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified
+** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory
+** for the process.  Only the windows VFS makes use of this global
+** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS.
+**
+** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is
+** open can result in a corrupt database.
+**
+** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one
+** thread at a time.  It is not safe to read or modify this variable
+** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate
+** thread.
+** It is intended that this variable be set once
+** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
+** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
+** thereafter.
+**
+** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc].  ^Furthermore,
+** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
+** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from 
+** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
+** using [sqlite3_free].
+** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be
+** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]
+** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_data_directory;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode
+** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
+** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
+** respectively.  ^Autocommit mode is on by default.
+** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
+** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
+**
+** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
+** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the
+** transaction might be rolled back automatically.  The only way to
+** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
+** an error is to use this function.
+**
+** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
+** connection while this routine is running, then the return value
+** is undefined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
+** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  ^The [database connection]
+** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection]
+** that was the first argument
+** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
+** create the statement in the first place.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename
+** associated with database N of connection D.  ^The main database file
+** has the name "main".  If there is no attached database N on the database
+** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then
+** a NULL pointer is returned.
+**
+** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the
+** xFullPathname method of the [VFS].  ^In other words, the filename
+** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used
+** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N
+** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not
+** the name of a database on connection D.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
+** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  ^If pStmt is NULL
+** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
+** associated with the database connection pDb.  ^If no prepared statement
+** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
+**
+** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
+** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
+** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed].
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
+** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back].
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook()
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
+** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
+** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions
+** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function
+** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
+** the first call for each function on D.
+**
+** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant.
+** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the callback.  Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
+** or rollback hook in the first place.
+** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements,
+** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify
+** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
+**
+** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT]
+** operation is allowed to continue normally.  ^If the commit hook
+** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK].
+** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit
+** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback.
+**
+** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
+** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
+** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
+** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
+** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed.
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
+SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
+** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
+** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in
+** a rowid table.
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function
+** for the same database connection is overridden.
+**
+** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
+** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table.
+** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
+** to sqlite3_update_hook().
+** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
+** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
+** to be invoked.
+** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
+** database and table name containing the affected row.
+** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row.
+** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
+**
+** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
+** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
+** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified.
+**
+** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
+** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
+** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause.  ^Nor is the update hook
+** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization].
+** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
+** release of SQLite.
+**
+** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
+** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions
+** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
+** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
+** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
+** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function
+** returns the P argument from the previous call
+** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
+** the first call on D.
+**
+** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()]
+** interfaces.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_update_hook(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
+  void*
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache
+**
+** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
+** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
+** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
+** and disabled if the argument is false.)^
+**
+** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
+** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
+** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
+**
+** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
+** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
+** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
+** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^
+**
+** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
+** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^
+**
+** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
+** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
+** cache setting should set it explicitly.
+**
+** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0
+** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, 
+** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via 
+** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE].
+**
+** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
+** 32-bit integer is atomic.
+**
+** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
+** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
+** held by the database library.   Memory used to cache database
+** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
+** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
+** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
+** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero
+** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_release_memory(int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap
+** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the
+** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even
+** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is
+** omitted.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the
+** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
+** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap
+** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache
+** as heap memory usages approaches the limit.
+** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay
+** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate
+** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error.  In other words, the soft heap limit 
+** is advisory only.
+**
+** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of
+** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an
+** error.  ^If the argument N is negative
+** then no change is made to the soft heap limit.  Hence, the current
+** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking
+** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument.
+**
+** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled.
+**
+** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation
+** if one or more of following conditions are true:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> The soft heap limit is set to zero.
+** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the
+**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and
+**      the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option.
+** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using
+**      [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...).
+** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied
+**      by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than
+**      from the heap.
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced
+** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]
+** compile-time option is invoked.  With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT],
+** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation.  Without
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced
+** when memory is allocated by the page cache.  Testing suggests that because
+** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most
+** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without
+** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
+**
+** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may
+** changes in future releases of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface
+** DEPRECATED
+**
+** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
+** interface.  This routine is provided for historical compatibility
+** only.  All new applications should use the
+** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,....) routine returns
+** information about column C of table T in database D
+** on [database connection] X.)^  ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata()
+** interface returns SQLITE_OK and fills in the non-NULL pointers in
+** the final five arguments with appropriate values if the specified
+** column exists.  ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() interface returns
+** SQLITE_ERROR and if the specified column does not exist.
+** ^If the column-name parameter to sqlite3_table_column_metadata() is a
+** NULL pointer, then this routine simply checks for the existance of the
+** table and returns SQLITE_OK if the table exists and SQLITE_ERROR if it
+** does not.
+**
+** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
+** this function. ^(The second parameter is either the name of the database
+** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified
+** table or NULL.)^ ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
+** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
+** resolve unqualified table references.
+**
+** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
+** name of the desired column, respectively.
+**
+** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
+** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be
+** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
+**
+** ^(<blockquote>
+** <table border="1">
+** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th>  Description
+**
+** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type
+** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence
+** <tr><td> 7th <td> int         <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
+** <tr><td> 8th <td> int         <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
+** <tr><td> 9th <td> int         <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT]
+** </table>
+** </blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
+** declaration type and collation sequence is valid until the next
+** call to any SQLite API function.
+**
+** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
+**
+** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table 
+** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an
+** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
+** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no
+** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the outputs
+** for the [rowid] are set as follows:
+**
+** <pre>
+**     data type: "INTEGER"
+**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
+**     not null: 0
+**     primary key: 1
+**     auto increment: 0
+** </pre>)^
+**
+** ^This function causes all database schemas to be read from disk and
+** parsed, if that has not already been done, and returns an error if
+** any errors are encountered while loading the schema.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
+  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
+  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
+  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
+  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
+  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
+  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
+  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
+  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
+** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile.  If
+** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load
+** with various operating-system specific extensions added.
+** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like
+** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might
+** be tried also.
+**
+** ^The entry point is zProc.
+** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an
+** entry point name on its own.  It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init".
+** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the
+** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic
+** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following
+** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^
+** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns
+** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
+** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
+** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
+** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
+** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function
+** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
+**
+** ^Extension loading must be enabled using
+** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
+** otherwise an error will be returned.
+**
+** See also the [load_extension() SQL function].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_load_extension(
+  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
+  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
+  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
+  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
+** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling
+** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
+** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
+**
+** ^Extension loading is off by default.
+** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
+** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
+** it back off again.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions
+**
+** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for
+** each new [database connection] that is created.  The idea here is that
+** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension]
+** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections.
+**
+** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes
+** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three
+** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the
+** entry point where as follows:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** &nbsp;  int xEntryPoint(
+** &nbsp;    sqlite3 *db,
+** &nbsp;    const char **pzErrMsg,
+** &nbsp;    const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
+** &nbsp;  );
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg
+** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()])
+** and return an appropriate [error code].  ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg
+** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint().  ^SQLite will invoke
+** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns.  ^If any
+** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
+** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail.
+**
+** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already
+** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point
+** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()]
+** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the
+** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to
+** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)].  ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)]
+** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully 
+** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization
+** routines.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
+**
+** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously
+** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
+
+/*
+** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
+** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
+** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
+**
+** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
+** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Structures used by the virtual table interface
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
+typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
+typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
+typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
+**
+** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", 
+** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].  
+** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
+**
+** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
+** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance
+** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()].
+** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different
+** module or until the [database connection] closes.  The content
+** of this structure must not change while it is registered with
+** any database connection.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_module {
+  int iVersion;
+  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
+               int argc, const char *const*argv,
+               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
+  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
+               int argc, const char *const*argv,
+               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
+  int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
+  int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
+                int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
+  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
+  int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
+  int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid);
+  int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *);
+  int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
+  int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
+                       void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+                       void **ppArg);
+  int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
+  /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those 
+  ** below are for version 2 and greater. */
+  int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+  int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+  int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
+**
+** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part
+** of the [virtual table] interface to
+** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex]
+** method of a [virtual table module].  The fields under **Inputs** are the
+** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
+** results into the **Outputs** fields.
+**
+** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
+**
+** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote>
+**
+** where OP is =, &lt;, &lt;=, &gt;, or &gt;=.)^  ^(The particular operator is
+** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the
+** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^
+** ^(The index of the column is stored in
+** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^  ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
+** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
+** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^
+**
+** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
+** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
+** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
+** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are
+** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried.
+**
+** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
+** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
+**
+** The colUsed field indicates which columns of the virtual table may be
+** required by the current scan. Virtual table columns are numbered from
+** zero in the order in which they appear within the CREATE TABLE statement
+** passed to sqlite3_declare_vtab(). For the first 63 columns (columns 0-62),
+** the corresponding bit is set within the colUsed mask if the column may be
+** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column
+** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also
+** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression
+** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to 
+** non-zero.
+**
+** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
+** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  ^If argvIndex>0 then
+** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
+** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit
+** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
+** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^
+**
+** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
+** [xFilter] method.
+** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if
+** needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
+**
+** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
+** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
+** sorting step is required.
+**
+** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular
+** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar
+** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) 
+** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a
+** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows.
+**
+** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that
+** will be returned by the strategy.
+**
+** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a 
+** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag -
+** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite
+** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. 
+**
+** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then
+** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as
+** part of the same statement to delete or update a virtual table row and the
+** implementation returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then there is no need to rollback
+** any database changes. In other words, if the xUpdate() returns
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the database contents must be exactly as they were
+** before xUpdate was called. By contrast, if SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE is not
+** set and xUpdate returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, any database changes made by
+** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite.
+**
+** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info
+** structure for SQLite version 3.8.2. If a virtual table extension is
+** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting 
+** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely 
+** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should
+** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a
+** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field
+** was added for version 3.9.0. It may therefore only be used if
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to
+** 3009000.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_index_info {
+  /* Inputs */
+  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
+     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
+     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
+     unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
+     int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
+  } *aConstraint;            /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */
+  int nOrderBy;              /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
+  struct sqlite3_index_orderby {
+     int iColumn;              /* Column number */
+     unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
+  } *aOrderBy;               /* The ORDER BY clause */
+  /* Outputs */
+  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
+    int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
+    unsigned char omit;      /* Do not code a test for this constraint */
+  } *aConstraintUsage;
+  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
+  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
+  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
+  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
+  double estimatedCost;           /* Estimated cost of using this index */
+  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */
+  sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows;    /* Estimated number of rows returned */
+  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.9.0 and later */
+  int idxFlags;              /* Mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags */
+  /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.10.0 and later */
+  sqlite3_uint64 colUsed;    /* Input: Mask of columns used by statement */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE      1     /* Scan visits at most 1 row */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
+**
+** These macros defined the allowed values for the
+** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field.  Each value represents
+** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
+** a query that uses a [virtual table].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ      2
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT      4
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE      8
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT     16
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE     32
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH  64
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE   65
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB   66
+#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP 67
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
+** ^Module names must be registered before
+** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a
+** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
+**
+** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
+** by the first parameter.  ^The name of the module is given by the 
+** second parameter.  ^The third parameter is a pointer to
+** the implementation of the [virtual table module].   ^The fourth
+** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
+** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module
+** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which
+** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData.  ^SQLite will
+** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite
+** no longer needs the pClientData pointer.  ^The destructor will also
+** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails.
+** ^The sqlite3_create_module()
+** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL
+** destructor.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_module(
+  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
+  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
+  void *pClientData          /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
+  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
+  const sqlite3_module *p,   /* Methods for the module */
+  void *pClientData,         /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
+  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
+**
+** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass
+** of this object to describe a particular instance
+** of the [virtual table].  Each subclass will
+** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
+** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
+** common to all module implementations.
+**
+** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
+** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
+** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
+** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  ^After the error message
+** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
+** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_vtab {
+  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
+  int nRef;                       /* Number of open cursors */
+  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
+  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
+**
+** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
+** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
+** [virtual table] and are used
+** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
+** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
+** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method.  Cursors are used
+** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
+** of the module.  Each module implementation will define
+** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
+**
+** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
+** are common to all implementations.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
+  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
+  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table
+**
+** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
+** [virtual table module] call this interface
+** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
+** the virtual tables they implement.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
+** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].  
+** But global versions of those functions
+** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
+**
+** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
+** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
+** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^  ^The implementation
+** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
+** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
+** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
+** by a [virtual table].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+
+/*
+** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
+** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
+** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
+** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
+**
+** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
+** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
+*/
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB
+** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
+**
+** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
+** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
+** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
+** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
+** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob
+**
+** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
+** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
+** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
+**
+** <pre>
+**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
+** </pre>)^
+**
+** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but 
+** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is
+** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement.
+** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP
+** tables, the database name is "temp".)^
+**
+** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read
+** and write access. ^If the flags parameter is zero, the BLOB is opened for
+** read-only access.
+**
+** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored
+** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error
+** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided
+** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] 
+** on *ppBlob after this function it returns.
+**
+** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true:
+** <ul>
+**   <li> ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, 
+**   <li> ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, 
+**   <li> ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, 
+**   <li> ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^,
+**   <li> ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^,
+**   <li> ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not
+**         a TEXT or BLOB value)^,
+**   <li> ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE 
+**         constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^,
+**   <li> ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, 
+**         column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is
+**         being opened for read/write access)^.
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the 
+** [database connection] error code and message accessible via 
+** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. 
+**
+**
+** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
+** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
+** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
+** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
+** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^
+** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
+** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
+** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
+** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^
+**
+** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
+** the opened blob.  ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this
+** interface.  Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
+** blob.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
+** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a 
+** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface.
+**
+** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
+** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_open(
+  sqlite3*,
+  const char *zDb,
+  const char *zTable,
+  const char *zColumn,
+  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
+  int flags,
+  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row
+** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
+**
+** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points
+** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified
+** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be
+** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open
+** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be
+** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one.
+**
+** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] -
+** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in
+** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if
+** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an
+** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted.
+** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or
+** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return
+** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle
+** always returns zero.
+**
+** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle
+** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob
+**
+** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed
+** unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns an error code, the 
+** handle is still closed.)^
+**
+** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if
+** the database is in auto-commit mode and there are no other open read-write
+** blob handles or active write statements, the current transaction is
+** committed. ^If an error occurs while committing the transaction, an error
+** code is returned and the transaction rolled back.
+**
+** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an
+** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine 
+** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to 
+** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function
+** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the 
+** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
+** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
+**
+** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the 
+** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument.  ^The
+** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
+** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally
+** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
+**
+** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
+** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
+** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
+**
+** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  ^If N or iOffset is
+** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
+** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
+** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
+**
+** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+**
+** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally
+** METHOD: sqlite3_blob
+**
+** ^(This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
+** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
+** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
+**
+** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
+** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the 
+** [database connection] error code and message accessible via 
+** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. 
+**
+** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
+** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
+** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
+**
+** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
+** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
+** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the 
+** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined 
+** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less 
+** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
+**
+** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].  ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred
+** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
+** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
+** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
+** or by other independent statements.
+**
+** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
+** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
+** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].  Passing any other pointer in
+** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects
+**
+** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
+** that SQLite uses to interact
+** with the underlying operating system.  Most SQLite builds come with a
+** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer.
+** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
+** The following interfaces are provided.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
+** ^Names are case sensitive.
+** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
+** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
+** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
+**
+** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
+** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
+** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury.
+** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again
+** with the makeDflt flag set.  If two different VFSes with the
+** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined.  If a
+** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
+** then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
+** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
+** the default.  The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutexes
+**
+** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
+** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
+** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is
+** permitted to use any of these routines.
+**
+** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
+** of these mutex routines.  An appropriate implementation
+** is selected automatically at compile-time.  The following
+** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
+** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+** </ul>
+**
+** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
+** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
+** a single-threaded application.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix
+** and Windows.
+**
+** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
+** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
+** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
+** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
+** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
+** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** routine returns NULL if it is unable to allocate the requested
+** mutex.  The argument to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() must one of these
+** integer constants:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2
+** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
+** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex.  ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
+** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
+** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
+** not want to.  SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
+** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
+**
+** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other
+** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  ^Nine static mutexes are
+** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
+** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
+** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
+** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
+**
+** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
+** returns a different mutex on every call.  ^For the static
+** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
+** the same type number.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated dynamic mutex.  Attempting to deallocate a static
+** mutex results in undefined behavior.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex.  ^If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
+** SQLITE_BUSY.  ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
+** upon successful entry.  ^(Mutexes created using
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
+** In such cases, the
+** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
+** can enter.)^  If the same thread tries to enter any mutex other
+** than an SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE more than once, the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
+** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
+** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses
+** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable 
+** behavior.)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread.   The behavior
+** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
+** calling thread or is not currently allocated.
+**
+** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
+** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
+** behave as no-ops.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object
+**
+** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
+** used to allocate and use mutexes.
+**
+** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are
+** sufficient, however the application has the option of substituting a custom
+** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite
+** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the application
+** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass
+** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option.
+** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an
+** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
+** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
+**
+** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
+** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each
+** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
+**
+** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
+** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
+** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
+** those obtained by the xMutexInit method.  ^The xMutexEnd()
+** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+**
+** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
+** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
+** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
+**
+** <ul>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li>
+**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li>
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
+** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
+** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
+** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
+** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
+** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
+** it is passed a NULL pointer).
+**
+** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe.  It must be harmless to
+** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without
+** intervening calls to xMutexEnd().  Second and subsequent calls to
+** xMutexInit() must be no-ops.
+**
+** xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()]
+** and its associates).  Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory
+** allocation for a static mutex.  ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite
+** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex.
+**
+** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is
+** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK.
+** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself
+** prior to returning.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
+struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
+  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
+  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
+  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
+  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+  int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines
+**
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
+** are intended for use inside assert() statements.  The SQLite core
+** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
+** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  The SQLite core only
+** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
+** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  External mutex implementations
+** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
+** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
+**
+** These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
+** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
+**
+** The implementation is not required to provide versions of these
+** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
+** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
+** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
+**
+** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
+** the routine should return 1.   This seems counter-intuitive since
+** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist.  But
+** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
+** using mutexes.  And we do not want the assert() containing the
+** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
+** the appropriate thing to do.  The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
+** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
+*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types
+**
+** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
+** which is one of these integer constants.
+**
+** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the
+** next.  Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be
+** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN      4  /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM      7  /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1      8  /* For use by application */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2      9  /* For use by application */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3     10  /* For use by application */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1     11  /* For use by built-in VFS */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2     12  /* For use by extension VFS */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3     13  /* For use by application VFS */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that 
+** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
+** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
+** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
+** routine returns a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
+** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
+** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The
+** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the
+** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for
+** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command.
+** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the
+** main database file.
+** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine
+** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
+** the xFileControl method.  ^The return value of the xFileControl
+** method becomes the return value of this routine.
+**
+** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes
+** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into
+** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter.  ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER
+** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the
+** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method.
+**
+** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
+** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned.  ^This error
+** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
+** or [sqlite3_errmsg()].  The underlying xFileControl method might
+** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  There is no way to distinguish between
+** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
+** xFileControl method.
+**
+** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
+** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
+** purposes.  ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines
+** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
+**
+** This interface is not for use by applications.  It exists solely
+** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library.  Depending
+** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist.
+**
+** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters
+** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice.
+** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to
+** operate consistently from one release to the next.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes
+**
+** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
+** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
+**
+** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change
+** without notice.  These values are for testing purposes only.
+** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
+** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST                    5
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE                5
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE             6
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET               7
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST              8
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL            9
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE            11
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT                  12
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                  13
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                 14
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS           15
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD               16
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC           17
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19  /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT                  23
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP             24
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER                25
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    25
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
+**
+** ^These interfaces are used to retrieve runtime status information
+** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
+** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for
+** the specific parameter to measure.  ^(Recognized integer codes
+** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^
+** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
+** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater.  ^If the
+** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
+** *pHighwater is written.  ^(Some parameters do not record the highest
+** value.  For those parameters
+** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^
+** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
+** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_status() and sqlite3_status64() routines return
+** SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero [error code] on failure.
+**
+** If either the current value or the highwater mark is too large to
+** be represented by a 32-bit integer, then the values returned by
+** sqlite3_status() are undefined.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_status64(
+  int op,
+  sqlite3_int64 *pCurrent,
+  sqlite3_int64 *pHighwater,
+  int resetFlag
+);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters
+** KEYWORDS: {status parameters}
+**
+** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
+** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
+** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
+** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
+** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
+** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
+** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
+** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
+** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
+** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations
+** currently checked out.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
+** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
+** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] 
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
+** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The
+** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
+** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
+** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
+** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
+** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
+** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
+** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
+** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
+** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
+** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
+** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
+** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
+** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
+** slots were available.
+** </dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
+** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
+** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
+** <dd>The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. 
+** The *pCurrent value is undefined.  The *pHighwater value is only
+** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
+** </dl>
+**
+** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT         9
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
+** about a single [database connection].  ^The first argument is the
+** database connection object to be interrogated.  ^The second argument
+** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
+** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
+** determines the parameter to interrogate.  The set of 
+** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely
+** to grow in future releases of SQLite.
+**
+** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur
+** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr.  ^If
+** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
+** reset back down to the current value.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
+** non-zero [error code] on failure.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections
+** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options}
+**
+** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as
+** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface.
+**
+** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs
+** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from
+** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked.
+** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code
+** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked.
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
+** checked out.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were 
+** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
+** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of
+** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size.
+** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
+** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside
+** memory already being in use.
+** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
+** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
+** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
+** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ 
+** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
+** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
+** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap
+** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with
+** the database connection.)^
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 
+** is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have
+** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 
+** is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have
+** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the
+** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the
+** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of
+** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included.
+** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect
+** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The
+** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0.
+** </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if
+** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been
+** resolved.)^  ^The highwater mark is always 0.
+** </dd>
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED       0
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED           1
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED          2
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED            3
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT        4
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE  5
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL  6
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT            7
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS           8
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE          9
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS        10
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX                 10   /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
+** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number
+** of times it has performed specific operations.)^  These counters can
+** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
+** statements.  For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
+** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
+** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
+** an index.  
+**
+** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
+** a [prepared statement].  The first argument is the prepared statement
+** object to be interrogated.  The second argument
+** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter]
+** to be interrogated.)^
+** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned.
+** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this
+** interface call returns.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements
+** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters}
+**
+** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter
+** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface.
+** The meanings of the various counters are as follows:
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
+** a table as part of a full table scan.  Large numbers for this counter
+** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through 
+** careful use of indices.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred.
+** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
+** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that
+** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster.
+** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
+** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not
+** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed
+** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal
+** to 2147483647.  The number of virtual machine operations can be 
+** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement.
+** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647
+** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined.
+** </dd>
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP     1
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT              2
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX         3
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP           4
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque.  It is implemented by
+** the pluggable module.  The SQLite core has no knowledge of
+** its size or internal structure and never deals with the
+** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers
+** to the object.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the
+** page cache.  The page cache will allocate instances of this
+** object.  Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances
+** of this object as parameters or as their return value.
+**
+** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_page {
+  void *pBuf;        /* The content of the page */
+  void *pExtra;      /* Extra information associated with the page */
+};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
+** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
+**
+** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can
+** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an 
+** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^
+** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by 
+** SQLite is used for the page cache.
+** By implementing a 
+** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control
+** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which 
+** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to 
+** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for 
+** how long.
+**
+** The alternative page cache mechanism is an
+** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications.
+** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses.
+**
+** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an
+** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config].  Hence
+** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
+** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
+**
+** [[the xInit() page cache method]]
+** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective 
+** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
+** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
+** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^
+** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures 
+** required by the custom page cache implementation. 
+** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the 
+** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
+** page cache.)^
+**
+** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]]
+** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+** It can be used to clean up 
+** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
+** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL.
+**
+** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method,
+** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.  ^The
+** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
+** not need to be threadsafe either.  All other methods must be threadsafe
+** in multithreaded applications.
+**
+** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
+** call to xShutdown().
+**
+** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]]
+** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance.
+** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
+** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
+** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
+** be allocated by the cache.  ^szPage will always a power of two.  ^The
+** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage 
+** associated with each page cache entry.  ^The szExtra parameter will
+** a number less than 250.  SQLite will use the
+** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
+** database page on disk.  The value passed into szExtra depends
+** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
+** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being
+** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
+** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
+** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
+** it is purely advisory.  ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
+** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
+** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to
+** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.  
+** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will
+** never contain any unpinned pages.
+**
+** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]]
+** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
+** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
+** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
+** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^  As with the bPurgeable
+** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this
+** value; it is advisory only.
+**
+** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]]
+** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently
+** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned.
+** 
+** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
+** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to 
+** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer.
+** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a
+** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a 
+** single database page.  The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be
+** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested
+** for each entry in the page cache.
+**
+** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value
+** is 1.  After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered
+** to be "pinned".
+**
+** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
+** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
+** intact.  If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the
+** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag
+** parameter to help it determined what action to take:
+**
+** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
+** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behavior when page is not already in cache
+** <tr><td> 0 <td> Do not allocate a new page.  Return NULL.
+** <tr><td> 1 <td> Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so.
+**                 Otherwise return NULL.
+** <tr><td> 2 <td> Make every effort to allocate a new page.  Only return
+**                 NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible.
+** </table>
+**
+** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1.  SQLite
+** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1
+** failed.)^  In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may
+** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of
+** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache.
+**
+** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]]
+** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
+** as its second argument.  If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
+** then the page must be evicted from the cache.
+** ^If the discard parameter is
+** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of
+** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation
+** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
+**
+** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single 
+** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls 
+** to xFetch().
+**
+** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]]
+** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
+** page passed as the second argument. If the cache
+** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be
+** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not
+** to be pinned.
+**
+** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all
+** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal
+** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any
+** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that
+** they can be safely discarded.
+**
+** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]]
+** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
+** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After
+** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
+** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2
+** functions.
+**
+** [[the xShrink() page cache method]]
+** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to
+** free up as much of heap memory as possible.  The page cache implementation
+** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should
+** do their best.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 {
+  int iVersion;
+  void *pArg;
+  int (*xInit)(void*);
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable);
+  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard);
+  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, 
+      unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+/*
+** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced
+** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2.  This object is not used by SQLite.  It is
+** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods;
+struct sqlite3_pcache_methods {
+  void *pArg;
+  int (*xInit)(void*);
+  void (*xShutdown)(void*);
+  sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable);
+  void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize);
+  int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+  void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag);
+  void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard);
+  void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey);
+  void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit);
+  void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*);
+};
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
+**
+** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing
+** online backup operation.  ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by
+** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to
+** [sqlite3_backup_finish()].
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API.
+**
+** The backup API copies the content of one database into another.
+** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
+** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. 
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
+**
+** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file
+** for the duration of the backup operation.
+** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read;
+** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation.
+** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without
+** preventing other database connections from
+** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway.
+** 
+** ^(To perform a backup operation: 
+**   <ol>
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
+**         backup, 
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b> is called one or more times to transfer 
+**         the data between the two databases, and finally
+**     <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources 
+**         associated with the backup operation. 
+**   </ol>)^
+** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
+** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
+**
+** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the 
+** [database connection] associated with the destination database 
+** and the database name, respectively.
+** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the
+** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in
+** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database.
+** ^The S and M arguments passed to 
+** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection]
+** and database name of the source database, respectively.
+** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D)
+** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with
+** an error.
+**
+** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning SQLITE_ERROR, if 
+** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the 
+** destination database.
+**
+** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is
+** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the
+** destination [database connection] D.
+** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init()
+** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or
+** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions.
+** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_backup] object.
+** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup 
+** operation.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
+**
+** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between 
+** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B.
+** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. 
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there
+** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK].
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages
+** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE].
+** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N),
+** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and
+** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY],
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code.
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if
+** <ol>
+** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or
+** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling
+** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or
+** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the
+** destination and source page sizes differ.
+** </ol>)^
+**
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
+** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
+** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the 
+** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then 
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source
+** [database connection]
+** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step()
+** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this
+** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If
+** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
+** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then 
+** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These 
+** errors are considered fatal.)^  The application must accept 
+** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle 
+** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
+**
+** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock
+** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either 
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete 
+** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE].  ^Every call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that
+** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call.
+** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to
+** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way
+** through the backup process.  ^If the source database is modified by an
+** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
+** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically
+** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source 
+** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
+** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically
+** updated at the same time.
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
+**
+** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the 
+** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application
+** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish().
+** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all
+** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. 
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any
+** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back.
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
+** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no
+** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not
+** sqlite3_backup_step() completed.
+** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior
+** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code].
+**
+** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step()
+** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of
+** sqlite3_backup_finish().
+**
+** [[sqlite3_backup_remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]]
+** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b>
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_backup_remaining() routine returns the number of pages still
+** to be backed up at the conclusion of the most recent sqlite3_backup_step().
+** ^The sqlite3_backup_pagecount() routine returns the total number of pages
+** in the source database at the conclusion of the most recent
+** sqlite3_backup_step().
+** ^(The values returned by these functions are only updated by
+** sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source database is modified in a way that
+** changes the size of the source database or the number of pages remaining,
+** those changes are not reflected in the output of sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
+** and sqlite3_backup_remaining() until after the next
+** sqlite3_backup_step().)^
+**
+** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b>
+**
+** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other
+** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized.
+** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database
+** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
+** from within other threads.
+**
+** However, the application must guarantee that the destination 
+** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after 
+** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
+** sqlite3_backup_finish().  SQLite does not currently check to see
+** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection]
+** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction
+** nevertheless.  Use of the destination database connection while a
+** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock.
+**
+** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must
+** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
+** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
+** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being 
+** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
+** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
+**
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple 
+** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step().
+** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()
+** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the
+** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is
+** possible that they return invalid values.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_backup_init(
+  sqlite3 *pDest,                        /* Destination database handle */
+  const char *zDestName,                 /* Destination database name */
+  sqlite3 *pSource,                      /* Source database handle */
+  const char *zSourceName                /* Source database name */
+);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
+** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
+** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
+** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. 
+** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke 
+** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
+** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
+**
+** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
+**
+** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
+** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. 
+**
+** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
+** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
+** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
+** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an 
+** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as 
+** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
+** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The
+** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
+** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction.
+**
+** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application,
+** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already
+** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked.
+** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately,
+** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^
+**
+** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
+** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
+** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of 
+** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
+**
+** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a 
+** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
+** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
+** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
+** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
+** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections 
+** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
+** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes
+** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a
+** crash or deadlock may be the result.
+**
+** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always
+** returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b>
+**
+** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a 
+** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked.
+** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass
+** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to
+** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers,
+** and the second is the number of entries in the array.
+**
+** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be
+** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify
+** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the
+** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
+** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
+** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
+** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions 
+** related to the set of unblocked database connections.
+**
+** <b>Deadlock Detection</b>
+**
+** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a 
+** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further
+** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the
+** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for
+** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection
+** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection
+** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely.
+**
+** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock
+** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the
+** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no
+** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in
+** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify
+** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection
+** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection
+** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so
+** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has
+** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection
+** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any
+** number of levels of indirection are allowed.
+**
+** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b>
+**
+** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost 
+** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however,
+** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement,
+** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements
+** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is
+** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being
+** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE"
+** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result.
+**
+** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
+** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the
+** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
+** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just 
+** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_unlock_notify(
+  sqlite3 *pBlocked,                          /* Waiting connection */
+  void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg),    /* Callback function to invoke */
+  void *pNotifyArg                            /* Argument to pass to xNotify */
+);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: String Comparison
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications
+** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8
+** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case
+** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *);
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: String Globbing
+*
+** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if and only if
+** string X matches the [GLOB] pattern P.
+** ^The definition of [GLOB] pattern matching used in
+** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the
+** SQL dialect understood by SQLite.  ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] function
+** is case sensitive.
+**
+** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings
+** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_strlike()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: String LIKE Matching
+*
+** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] interface returns zero if and only if
+** string X matches the [LIKE] pattern P with escape character E.
+** ^The definition of [LIKE] pattern matching used in
+** [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] is the same as for the "X LIKE P ESCAPE E"
+** operator in the SQL dialect understood by SQLite.  ^For "X LIKE P" without
+** the ESCAPE clause, set the E parameter of [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] to 0.
+** ^As with the LIKE operator, the [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function is case
+** insensitive - equivalent upper and lower case ASCII characters match
+** one another.
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function matches Unicode characters, though
+** only ASCII characters are case folded.
+**
+** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings
+** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()].
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_strglob()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_strlike(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr, unsigned int cEsc);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log]
+** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()].
+** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are
+** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string.
+**
+** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as
+** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions.  While there is
+** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so
+** is considered bad form.
+**
+** The zFormat string must not be NULL.
+**
+** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine
+** will not use dynamically allocated memory.  The log message is stored in
+** a fixed-length buffer on the stack.  If the log message is longer than
+** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the
+** buffer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
+** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode.
+**
+** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and 
+** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation 
+** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
+**
+** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked
+** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when
+** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle.
+** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to -
+** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter
+** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file,
+** including those that were just committed.
+**
+** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK].  ^If an error
+** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the
+** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback
+** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the
+** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value
+** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results
+** are undefined.
+**
+** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback 
+** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any
+** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the
+** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
+** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will
+** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_wal_hook(
+  sqlite3*, 
+  int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
+  void*
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
+** to automatically [checkpoint]
+** after committing a transaction if there are N or
+** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file.  ^Passing zero or 
+** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
+** checkpoints entirely.
+**
+** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
+** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()].  ^Likewise, registering a callback
+** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
+** configured by this function.
+**
+** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
+** from SQL.
+**
+** ^Checkpoints initiated by this mechanism are
+** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE].
+**
+** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint
+** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT]
+** pages.  The use of this interface
+** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal
+** for a particular application.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to
+** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^
+**
+** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the 
+** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be
+** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to
+** be reset.  See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition
+** information.
+**
+** This interface used to be the only way to cause a checkpoint to
+** occur.  But then the newer and more powerful [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
+** interface was added.  This interface is retained for backwards
+** compatibility and as a convenience for applications that need to manually
+** start a callback but which do not need the full power (and corresponding
+** complication) of [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
+** METHOD: sqlite3
+**
+** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,M,L,C) interface runs a checkpoint
+** operation on database X of [database connection] D in mode M.  Status
+** information is written back into integers pointed to by L and C.)^
+** ^(The M parameter must be a valid [checkpoint mode]:)^
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
+**   ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database 
+**   readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames 
+**   in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback]
+**   is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode.  
+**   ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished
+**   if there are concurrent readers or writers.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd>
+**   ^This mode blocks (it invokes the
+**   [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) until there is no
+**   database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database
+**   snapshot. ^It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the
+**   database file. ^This mode blocks new database writers while it is pending,
+**   but new database readers are allowed to continue unimpeded.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
+**   ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition
+**   that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the 
+**   [busy-handler callback])
+**   until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures 
+**   that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning.
+**   ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new
+**   database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE<dd>
+**   ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the
+**   addition that it also truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior
+**   to a successful return.
+** </dl>
+**
+** ^If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in
+** the log file or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run because
+** of an error or because the database is not in [WAL mode]. ^If pnCkpt is not
+** NULL,then *pnCkpt is set to the total number of checkpointed frames in the
+** log file (including any that were already checkpointed before the function
+** was called) or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run due to an error or
+** because the database is not in WAL mode. ^Note that upon successful
+** completion of an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE, the log file will have been
+** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero.
+**
+** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If
+** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the 
+** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a 
+** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case.
+**
+** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the 
+** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be
+** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and
+** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock
+** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for
+** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before
+** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the
+** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as 
+** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible 
+** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case.
+**
+** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the
+** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to 
+** [database connection] db.  In this case the
+** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If 
+** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the 
+** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining 
+** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other 
+** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned 
+** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error 
+** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached 
+** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL
+** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. ^If
+** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any
+** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller.
+**
+** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE,
+** the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() interface
+** sets the error information that is queried by
+** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()].
+**
+** ^The [PRAGMA wal_checkpoint] command can be used to invoke this interface
+** from SQL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
+  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
+  const char *zDb,                /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
+  int eMode,                      /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
+  int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
+  int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint Mode Values
+** KEYWORDS: {checkpoint mode}
+**
+** These constants define all valid values for the "checkpoint mode" passed
+** as the third parameter to the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface.
+** See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] documentation for details on the
+** meaning of each of these checkpoint modes.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE  0  /* Do as much as possible w/o blocking */
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL     1  /* Wait for writers, then checkpoint */
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART  2  /* Like FULL but wait for for readers */
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE 3  /* Like RESTART but also truncate WAL */
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration
+**
+** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method
+** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure
+** various facets of the virtual table interface.
+**
+** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or
+** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using
+** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].)  Further options
+** may be added in the future.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_CDECL sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options
+**
+** These macros define the various options to the
+** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations
+** can use to customize and optimize their behavior.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT
+** <dd>Calls of the form
+** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported,
+** where X is an integer.  If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose
+** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not
+** support constraints.  In this configuration (which is the default) if
+** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire
+** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been
+** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual
+** ON CONFLICT mode specified.
+**
+** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees
+** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before
+** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made.
+** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite 
+** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon
+** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. 
+** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns
+** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode
+** had been ABORT.
+**
+** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE
+** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the 
+** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON 
+** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should 
+** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and
+** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT 
+** constraint handling.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy
+**
+** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method
+** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The
+** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL],
+** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode
+** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the
+** [virtual table].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes
+** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode}
+**
+** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to
+** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode
+** is for the SQL statement being evaluated.
+**
+** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential
+** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that
+** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1
+/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */
+#define SQLITE_FAIL     3
+/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4  // Also an error code */
+#define SQLITE_REPLACE  5
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status Opcodes
+** KEYWORDS: {scanstatus options}
+**
+** The following constants can be used for the T parameter to the
+** [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(S,X,T,V)] interface.  Each constant designates a
+** different metric for sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() to return.
+**
+** When the value returned to V is a string, space to hold that string is
+** managed by the prepared statement S and will be automatically freed when
+** S is finalized.
+**
+** <dl>
+** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP</dt>
+** <dd>^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the T parameter will be
+** set to the total number of times that the X-th loop has run.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT</dt>
+** <dd>^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set
+** to the total number of rows examined by all iterations of the X-th loop.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST</dt>
+** <dd>^The "double" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set to the
+** query planner's estimate for the average number of rows output from each
+** iteration of the X-th loop.  If the query planner's estimates was accurate,
+** then this value will approximate the quotient NVISIT/NLOOP and the
+** product of this value for all prior loops with the same SELECTID will
+** be the NLOOP value for the current loop.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME</dt>
+** <dd>^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set
+** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the index or table
+** used for the X-th loop.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN</dt>
+** <dd>^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set
+** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN]
+** description for the X-th loop.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID]] <dt>SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECT</dt>
+** <dd>^The "int" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set to the
+** "select-id" for the X-th loop.  The select-id identifies which query or
+** subquery the loop is part of.  The main query has a select-id of zero.
+** The select-id is the same value as is output in the first column
+** of an [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] query.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP    0
+#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT   1
+#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST      2
+#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME     3
+#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN  4
+#define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID 5
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** This interface returns information about the predicted and measured
+** performance for pStmt.  Advanced applications can use this
+** interface to compare the predicted and the measured performance and
+** issue warnings and/or rerun [ANALYZE] if discrepancies are found.
+**
+** Since this interface is expected to be rarely used, it is only
+** available if SQLite is compiled using the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS]
+** compile-time option.
+**
+** The "iScanStatusOp" parameter determines which status information to return.
+** The "iScanStatusOp" must be one of the [scanstatus options] or the behavior
+** of this interface is undefined.
+** ^The requested measurement is written into a variable pointed to by
+** the "pOut" parameter.
+** Parameter "idx" identifies the specific loop to retrieve statistics for.
+** Loops are numbered starting from zero. ^If idx is out of range - less than
+** zero or greater than or equal to the total number of loops used to implement
+** the statement - a non-zero value is returned and the variable that pOut
+** points to is unchanged.
+**
+** ^Statistics might not be available for all loops in all statements. ^In cases
+** where there exist loops with no available statistics, this function behaves
+** as if the loop did not exist - it returns non-zero and leave the variable
+** that pOut points to unchanged.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,      /* Prepared statement for which info desired */
+  int idx,                  /* Index of loop to report on */
+  int iScanStatusOp,        /* Information desired.  SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */
+  void *pOut                /* Result written here */
+);     
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters
+** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt
+**
+** ^Zero all [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus()] related event counters.
+**
+** This API is only available if the library is built with pre-processor
+** symbol [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] defined.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Flush caches to disk mid-transaction
+**
+** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the
+** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty
+** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out 
+** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an
+** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database
+** file (page 1 is always "in use").  ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)]
+** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and
+** any [attached] databases.
+**
+** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages 
+** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained 
+** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked
+** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then
+** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages
+** belonging to the next (if any) database. ^If any databases are skipped
+** because locks cannot be obtained, but no other error occurs, this
+** function returns SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** ^If any other error occurs while flushing dirty pages to disk (for
+** example an IO error or out-of-memory condition), then processing is
+** abandoned and an SQLite [error code] is returned to the caller immediately.
+**
+** ^Otherwise, if no error occurs, [sqlite3_db_cacheflush()] returns SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** ^This function does not set the database handle error code or message
+** returned by the [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] functions.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Database Snapshot
+** KEYWORDS: {snapshot}
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** An instance of the snapshot object records the state of a [WAL mode]
+** database for some specific point in history.
+**
+** In [WAL mode], multiple [database connections] that are open on the
+** same database file can each be reading a different historical version
+** of the database file.  When a [database connection] begins a read
+** transaction, that connection sees an unchanging copy of the database
+** as it existed for the point in time when the transaction first started.
+** Subsequent changes to the database from other connections are not seen
+** by the reader until a new read transaction is started.
+**
+** The sqlite3_snapshot object records state information about an historical
+** version of the database file so that it is possible to later open a new read
+** transaction that sees that historical version of the database rather than
+** the most recent version.
+**
+** The constructor for this object is [sqlite3_snapshot_get()].  The
+** [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] method causes a fresh read transaction to refer
+** to an historical snapshot (if possible).  The destructor for 
+** sqlite3_snapshot objects is [sqlite3_snapshot_free()].
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot sqlite3_snapshot;
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Record A Database Snapshot
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface attempts to make a
+** new [sqlite3_snapshot] object that records the current state of
+** schema S in database connection D.  ^On success, the
+** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly
+** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK.
+** ^If schema S of [database connection] D is not a [WAL mode] database
+** that is in a read transaction, then [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)]
+** leaves the *P value unchanged and returns an appropriate [error code].
+**
+** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to
+** [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] must be freed using [sqlite3_snapshot_free()]
+** to avoid a memory leak.
+**
+** The [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] interface is only available when the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT compile-time option is used.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_snapshot_get(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zSchema,
+  sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Start a read transaction on an historical snapshot
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface attempts to move the
+** read transaction that is currently open on schema S of
+** [database connection] D so that it refers to historical [snapshot] P.
+** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK on success
+** or an appropriate [error code] if it fails.
+**
+** ^In order to succeed, a call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] must be
+** the first operation, apart from other sqlite3_snapshot_open() calls,
+** following the [BEGIN] that starts a new read transaction.
+** ^A [snapshot] will fail to open if it has been overwritten by a 
+** [checkpoint].  
+**
+** The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface is only available when the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT compile-time option is used.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_snapshot_open(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zSchema,
+  sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Destroy a snapshot
+** EXPERIMENTAL
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_free(P)] interface destroys [sqlite3_snapshot] P.
+** The application must eventually free every [sqlite3_snapshot] object
+** using this routine to avoid a memory leak.
+**
+** The [sqlite3_snapshot_free()] interface is only available when the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT compile-time option is used.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot*);
+
+/*
+** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
+** builds on processors without floating point support.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# undef double
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+#endif /* _SQLITE3_H_ */
+
+/*
+** 2010 August 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
+#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry;
+typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info;
+
+/* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the
+** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY
+  typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl;
+#else
+  typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an
+** R-Tree geometry query as follows:
+**
+**   SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zGeom(... params ...)
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zGeom,
+  int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*),
+  void *pContext
+);
+
+
+/*
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first
+** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback().
+*/
+struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry {
+  void *pContext;                 /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */
+  int nParam;                     /* Size of array aParam[] */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam;      /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */
+  void *pUser;                    /* Callback implementation user data */
+  void (*xDelUser)(void *);       /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */
+};
+
+/*
+** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be 
+** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows:
+**
+**   SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...)
+*/
+SQLITE_API int SQLITE_STDCALL sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(
+  sqlite3 *db,
+  const char *zQueryFunc,
+  int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*),
+  void *pContext,
+  void (*xDestructor)(void*)
+);
+
+
+/*
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the 
+** argument to scored geometry callback registered using
+** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback().
+**
+** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to
+** sqlite3_rtree_geometry.  This structure is a subclass of
+** sqlite3_rtree_geometry.
+*/
+struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info {
+  void *pContext;                   /* pContext from when function registered */
+  int nParam;                       /* Number of function parameters */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam;        /* value of function parameters */
+  void *pUser;                      /* callback can use this, if desired */
+  void (*xDelUser)(void*);          /* function to free pUser */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord;        /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */
+  unsigned int *anQueue;            /* Number of pending entries in the queue */
+  int nCoord;                       /* Number of coordinates */
+  int iLevel;                       /* Level of current node or entry */
+  int mxLevel;                      /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */
+  sqlite3_int64 iRowid;             /* Rowid for current entry */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore;   /* Score of parent node */
+  int eParentWithin;                /* Visibility of parent node */
+  int eWithin;                      /* OUT: Visiblity */
+  sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore;         /* OUT: Write the score here */
+  /* The following fields are only available in 3.8.11 and later */
+  sqlite3_value **apSqlParam;       /* Original SQL values of parameters */
+};
+
+/*
+** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin.
+*/
+#define NOT_WITHIN       0   /* Object completely outside of query region */
+#define PARTLY_WITHIN    1   /* Object partially overlaps query region */
+#define FULLY_WITHIN     2   /* Object fully contained within query region */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+
+#endif  /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */
+
+/*
+** 2014 May 31
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, 
+** FTS5 may be extended with:
+**
+**     * custom tokenizers, and
+**     * custom auxiliary functions.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef _FTS5_H
+#define _FTS5_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*************************************************************************
+** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
+**
+** Virtual table implementations may overload SQL functions by implementing
+** the sqlite3_module.xFindFunction() method.
+*/
+
+typedef struct Fts5ExtensionApi Fts5ExtensionApi;
+typedef struct Fts5Context Fts5Context;
+typedef struct Fts5PhraseIter Fts5PhraseIter;
+
+typedef void (*fts5_extension_function)(
+  const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi,   /* API offered by current FTS version */
+  Fts5Context *pFts,              /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,          /* Context for returning result/error */
+  int nVal,                       /* Number of values in apVal[] array */
+  sqlite3_value **apVal           /* Array of trailing arguments */
+);
+
+struct Fts5PhraseIter {
+  const unsigned char *a;
+  const unsigned char *b;
+};
+
+/*
+** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS
+**
+** xUserData(pFts):
+**   Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was 
+**   registered with.
+**
+** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken):
+**   If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken
+**   to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is
+**   non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return
+**   the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in 
+**   the FTS5 table.
+**
+**   If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
+**   in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
+**   an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is 
+**   returned.
+**
+** xColumnCount(pFts):
+**   Return the number of columns in the table.
+**
+** xColumnSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken):
+**   If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken
+**   to the total number of tokens in the current row. Or, if iCol is
+**   non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, set
+**   *pnToken to the number of tokens in column iCol of the current row.
+**
+**   If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns
+**   in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g.
+**   an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is 
+**   returned.
+**
+** xColumnText:
+**   This function attempts to retrieve the text of column iCol of the
+**   current document. If successful, (*pz) is set to point to a buffer
+**   containing the text in utf-8 encoding, (*pn) is set to the size in bytes
+**   (not characters) of the buffer and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
+**   if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final values
+**   of (*pz) and (*pn) are undefined.
+**
+** xPhraseCount:
+**   Returns the number of phrases in the current query expression.
+**
+** xPhraseSize:
+**   Returns the number of tokens in phrase iPhrase of the query. Phrases
+**   are numbered starting from zero.
+**
+** xInstCount:
+**   Set *pnInst to the total number of occurrences of all phrases within
+**   the query within the current row. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or
+**   an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs.
+**
+** xInst:
+**   Query for the details of phrase match iIdx within the current row.
+**   Phrase matches are numbered starting from zero, so the iIdx argument
+**   should be greater than or equal to zero and smaller than the value
+**   output by xInstCount().
+**
+**   Returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) 
+**   if an error occurs.
+**
+** xRowid:
+**   Returns the rowid of the current row.
+**
+** xTokenize:
+**   Tokenize text using the tokenizer belonging to the FTS5 table.
+**
+** xQueryPhrase(pFts5, iPhrase, pUserData, xCallback):
+**   This API function is used to query the FTS table for phrase iPhrase
+**   of the current query. Specifically, a query equivalent to:
+**
+**       ... FROM ftstable WHERE ftstable MATCH $p ORDER BY rowid
+**
+**   with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the
+**   current query is executed. For each row visited, the callback function
+**   passed as the fourth argument is invoked. The context and API objects 
+**   passed to the callback function may be used to access the properties of
+**   each matched row. Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer
+**   passed as the third argument to pUserData.
+**
+**   If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the
+**   query is abandoned and the xQueryPhrase function returns immediately.
+**   If the returned value is SQLITE_DONE, xQueryPhrase returns SQLITE_OK.
+**   Otherwise, the error code is propagated upwards.
+**
+**   If the query runs to completion without incident, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**   Or, if some error occurs before the query completes or is aborted by
+**   the callback, an SQLite error code is returned.
+**
+**
+** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete)
+**
+**   Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension functions 
+**   "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any
+**   future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of
+**   of the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API.
+**
+**   Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for
+**   each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked 
+**   more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a 
+**   single auxiliary data context.
+**
+**   If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is
+**   invoked, then it is replaced by the new pointer. If an xDelete callback
+**   was specified along with the original pointer, it is invoked at this
+**   point.
+**
+**   The xDelete callback, if one is specified, is also invoked on the
+**   auxiliary data pointer after the FTS5 query has finished.
+**
+**   If an error (e.g. an OOM condition) occurs within this function, an
+**   the auxiliary data is set to NULL and an error code returned. If the
+**   xDelete parameter was not NULL, it is invoked on the auxiliary data
+**   pointer before returning.
+**
+**
+** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear)
+**
+**   Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension 
+**   function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details.
+**
+**   If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared
+**   (set to NULL) before this function returns. In this case the xDelete,
+**   if any, is not invoked.
+**
+**
+** xRowCount(pFts5, pnRow)
+**
+**   This function is used to retrieve the total number of rows in the table.
+**   In other words, the same value that would be returned by:
+**
+**        SELECT count(*) FROM ftstable;
+**
+** xPhraseFirst()
+**   This function is used, along with type Fts5PhraseIter and the xPhraseNext
+**   method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within
+**   the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the
+**   xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient
+**   to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate 
+**   through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code:
+**
+**       Fts5PhraseIter iter;
+**       int iCol, iOff;
+**       for(pApi->xPhraseFirst(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol, &iOff);
+**           iOff>=0;
+**           pApi->xPhraseNext(pFts, &iter, &iCol, &iOff)
+**       ){
+**         // An instance of phrase iPhrase at offset iOff of column iCol
+**       }
+**
+**   The Fts5PhraseIter structure is defined above. Applications should not
+**   modify this structure directly - it should only be used as shown above
+**   with the xPhraseFirst() and xPhraseNext() API methods.
+**
+** xPhraseNext()
+**   See xPhraseFirst above.
+*/
+struct Fts5ExtensionApi {
+  int iVersion;                   /* Currently always set to 1 */
+
+  void *(*xUserData)(Fts5Context*);
+
+  int (*xColumnCount)(Fts5Context*);
+  int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow);
+  int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken);
+
+  int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, 
+    const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */
+    void *pCtx,                   /* Context passed to xToken() */
+    int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int)       /* Callback */
+  );
+
+  int (*xPhraseCount)(Fts5Context*);
+  int (*xPhraseSize)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase);
+
+  int (*xInstCount)(Fts5Context*, int *pnInst);
+  int (*xInst)(Fts5Context*, int iIdx, int *piPhrase, int *piCol, int *piOff);
+
+  sqlite3_int64 (*xRowid)(Fts5Context*);
+  int (*xColumnText)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, const char **pz, int *pn);
+  int (*xColumnSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, int *pnToken);
+
+  int (*xQueryPhrase)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, void *pUserData,
+    int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*,Fts5Context*,void*)
+  );
+  int (*xSetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, void *pAux, void(*xDelete)(void*));
+  void *(*xGetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, int bClear);
+
+  void (*xPhraseFirst)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*, int*);
+  void (*xPhraseNext)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol, int *piOff);
+};
+
+/* 
+** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS
+*************************************************************************/
+
+/*************************************************************************
+** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS
+**
+** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer 
+** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the 
+** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting
+** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined
+** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows:
+**
+** xCreate:
+**   This function is used to allocate and inititalize a tokenizer instance.
+**   A tokenizer instance is required to actually tokenize text.
+**
+**   The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*)
+**   pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object
+**   was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). 
+**   The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings
+**   containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the
+**   tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used
+**   to create the FTS5 table.
+**
+**   The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) 
+**   should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK
+**   returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should
+**   be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut 
+**   is undefined.
+**
+** xDelete:
+**   This function is invoked to delete a tokenizer handle previously
+**   allocated using xCreate(). Fts5 guarantees that this function will
+**   be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
+**
+** xTokenize:
+**   This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated 
+**   by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first
+**   argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object
+**   returned by an earlier call to xCreate().
+**
+**   The second argument indicates the reason that FTS5 is requesting
+**   tokenization of the supplied text. This is always one of the following
+**   four values:
+**
+**   <ul><li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT</b> - A document is being inserted into
+**            or removed from the FTS table. The tokenizer is being invoked to
+**            determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the
+**            FTS index.
+**
+**       <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY</b> - A MATCH query is being executed 
+**            against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize 
+**            a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query.
+**
+**       <li> <b>(FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX)</b> - Same as
+**            FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY, except that the bareword or quoted string is
+**            followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token
+**            returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix.
+**
+**       <li> <b>FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX</b> - The tokenizer is being invoked to 
+**            satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary
+**            function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same
+**            on a columnsize=0 database.  
+**   </ul>
+**
+**   For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must
+**   be invoked. The first argument to it should be a copy of the pointer
+**   passed as the second argument to xTokenize(). The third and fourth
+**   arguments are a pointer to a buffer containing the token text, and the
+**   size of the token in bytes. The 4th and 5th arguments are the byte offsets
+**   of the first byte of and first byte immediately following the text from
+**   which the token is derived within the input.
+**
+**   The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should
+**   normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports 
+**   synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details.
+**
+**   FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the 
+**   order that they occur within the input text.
+**
+**   If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then
+**   the tokenization should be abandoned and the xTokenize() method should
+**   immediately return a copy of the xToken() return value. Or, if the
+**   input buffer is exhausted, xTokenize() should return SQLITE_OK. Finally,
+**   if an error occurs with the xTokenize() implementation itself, it
+**   may abandon the tokenization and return any error code other than
+**   SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_DONE.
+**
+** SYNONYM SUPPORT
+**
+**   Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a
+**   user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the 
+**   built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances
+**   of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms
+**   such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match
+**   all instances of "first place" or "1st place" regardless of which form
+**   the user specified in the MATCH query text.
+**
+**   There are several ways to approach this in FTS5:
+**
+**   <ol><li> By mapping all synonyms to a single token. In this case, the 
+**            In the above example, this means that the tokenizer returns the
+**            same token for inputs "first" and "1st". Say that token is in
+**            fact "first", so that when the user inserts the document "I won
+**            1st place" entries are added to the index for tokens "i", "won",
+**            "first" and "place". If the user then queries for '1st + place',
+**            the tokenizer substitutes "first" for "1st" and the query works
+**            as expected.
+**
+**       <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index.
+**            In this case, when tokenizing query text, the tokenizer may 
+**            provide multiple synonyms for a single term within the document.
+**            FTS5 then queries the index for each synonym individually. For
+**            example, faced with the query:
+**
+**   <codeblock>
+**     ... MATCH 'first place'</codeblock>
+**
+**            the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the
+**            first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query 
+**            similar to:
+**
+**   <codeblock>
+**     ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place'</codeblock>
+**
+**            except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query
+**            still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" 
+**            being treated as a single phrase.
+**
+**       <li> By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index.
+**            Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer
+**            provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a 
+**            document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are
+**            added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and
+**            "place".
+**
+**            This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms
+**            when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do would be
+**            inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for 
+**            'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entires in the
+**            FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token.
+**   </ol>
+**
+**   Whether it is parsing document or query text, any call to xToken that
+**   specifies a <i>tflags</i> argument with the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED bit
+**   is considered to supply a synonym for the previous token. For example,
+**   when parsing the document "I won first place", a tokenizer that supports
+**   synonyms would call xToken() 5 times, as follows:
+**
+**   <codeblock>
+**       xToken(pCtx, 0, "i",                      1,  0,  1);
+**       xToken(pCtx, 0, "won",                    3,  2,  5);
+**       xToken(pCtx, 0, "first",                  5,  6, 11);
+**       xToken(pCtx, FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED, "1st", 3,  6, 11);
+**       xToken(pCtx, 0, "place",                  5, 12, 17);
+**</codeblock>
+**
+**   It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time
+**   xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token
+**   by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. 
+**   There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a
+**   single token.
+**
+**   In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add 
+**   extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms,
+**   so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it
+**   does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the
+**   token "first" is subsituted for "1st" by the tokenizer, then the query:
+**
+**   <codeblock>
+**     ... MATCH '1s*'</codeblock>
+**
+**   will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer
+**   will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first").
+**
+**   For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, 
+**   because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix
+**   queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because
+**   extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space
+**   within the database.
+**
+**   Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method,
+**   a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal 
+**   token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to
+**   provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st'
+**   will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require
+**   extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. 
+**   On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries,
+**   as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym.
+**
+**   When using methods (2) or (3), it is important that the tokenizer only
+**   provide synonyms when tokenizing document text (method (2)) or query
+**   text (method (3)), not both. Doing so will not cause any errors, but is
+**   inefficient.
+*/
+typedef struct Fts5Tokenizer Fts5Tokenizer;
+typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer;
+struct fts5_tokenizer {
+  int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut);
+  void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*);
+  int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, 
+      void *pCtx,
+      int flags,            /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */
+      const char *pText, int nText, 
+      int (*xToken)(
+        void *pCtx,         /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */
+        int tflags,         /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */
+        const char *pToken, /* Pointer to buffer containing token */
+        int nToken,         /* Size of token in bytes */
+        int iStart,         /* Byte offset of token within input text */
+        int iEnd            /* Byte offset of end of token within input text */
+      )
+  );
+};
+
+/* Flags that may be passed as the third argument to xTokenize() */
+#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY     0x0001
+#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX    0x0002
+#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT  0x0004
+#define FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX       0x0008
+
+/* Flags that may be passed by the tokenizer implementation back to FTS5
+** as the third argument to the supplied xToken callback. */
+#define FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED    0x0001      /* Same position as prev. token */
+
+/*
+** END OF CUSTOM TOKENIZERS
+*************************************************************************/
+
+/*************************************************************************
+** FTS5 EXTENSION REGISTRATION API
+*/
+typedef struct fts5_api fts5_api;
+struct fts5_api {
+  int iVersion;                   /* Currently always set to 2 */
+
+  /* Create a new tokenizer */
+  int (*xCreateTokenizer)(
+    fts5_api *pApi,
+    const char *zName,
+    void *pContext,
+    fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer,
+    void (*xDestroy)(void*)
+  );
+
+  /* Find an existing tokenizer */
+  int (*xFindTokenizer)(
+    fts5_api *pApi,
+    const char *zName,
+    void **ppContext,
+    fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer
+  );
+
+  /* Create a new auxiliary function */
+  int (*xCreateFunction)(
+    fts5_api *pApi,
+    const char *zName,
+    void *pContext,
+    fts5_extension_function xFunction,
+    void (*xDestroy)(void*)
+  );
+};
+
+/*
+** END OF REGISTRATION API
+*************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}  /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _FTS5_H */
+
+

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/stdafx.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+// stdafx.cpp : 只包括标准包含文件的源文件
+// ModuleSVNManager.pch 将作为预编译头
+// stdafx.obj 将包含预编译类型信息
+
+#include "stdafx.h"
+
+

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/stdafx.h

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+// stdafx.h : 标准系统包含文件的包含文件，
+// 或是经常使用但不常更改的
+// 特定于项目的包含文件
+
+#pragma once
+
+#ifndef _SECURE_ATL
+#define _SECURE_ATL 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef VC_EXTRALEAN
+#define VC_EXTRALEAN            // 从 Windows 头中排除极少使用的资料
+#endif
+
+#include "targetver.h"
+
+#define _ATL_CSTRING_EXPLICIT_CONSTRUCTORS      // 某些 CString 构造函数将是显式的
+
+// 关闭 MFC 对某些常见但经常可放心忽略的警告消息的隐藏
+#define _AFX_ALL_WARNINGS
+
+#include <afxwin.h>         // MFC 核心组件和标准组件
+#include <afxext.h>         // MFC 扩展
+
+
+#include <afxdisp.h>        // MFC 自动化类
+
+
+
+#ifndef _AFX_NO_OLE_SUPPORT
+#include <afxdtctl.h>           // MFC 对 Internet Explorer 4 公共控件的支持
+#endif
+#ifndef _AFX_NO_AFXCMN_SUPPORT
+#include <afxcmn.h>                     // MFC 对 Windows 公共控件的支持
+#endif // _AFX_NO_AFXCMN_SUPPORT
+
+
+
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+#include <Shlwapi.h>
+
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+#pragma comment(lib, "SQLite3.lib")
+
+#include "Global.h"
+#include "CharEncoding.h"
+#include "CritSection.h"
+
+#include "DataImpl.h"
+#include "filehelper.h"
+
+#ifdef _UNICODE
+#if defined _M_IX86
+#pragma comment(linker,"/manifestdependency:\"type='win32' name='Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls' version='6.0.0.0' processorArchitecture='x86' publicKeyToken='6595b64144ccf1df' language='*'\"")
+#elif defined _M_IA64
+#pragma comment(linker,"/manifestdependency:\"type='win32' name='Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls' version='6.0.0.0' processorArchitecture='ia64' publicKeyToken='6595b64144ccf1df' language='*'\"")
+#elif defined _M_X64
+#pragma comment(linker,"/manifestdependency:\"type='win32' name='Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls' version='6.0.0.0' processorArchitecture='amd64' publicKeyToken='6595b64144ccf1df' language='*'\"")
+#else
+#pragma comment(linker,"/manifestdependency:\"type='win32' name='Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls' version='6.0.0.0' processorArchitecture='*' publicKeyToken='6595b64144ccf1df' language='*'\"")
+#endif
+#endif
+
+

ModuleSVNManager2/ModuleSVNManager/targetver.h

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+
+#pragma once
+
+// 以下宏定义要求的最低平台。要求的最低平台
+// 是具有运行应用程序所需功能的 Windows、Internet Explorer 等产品的
+// 最早版本。通过在指定版本及更低版本的平台上启用所有可用的功能，宏可以
+// 正常工作。
+
+// 如果必须要针对低于以下指定版本的平台，请修改下列定义。
+// 有关不同平台对应值的最新信息，请参考 MSDN。
+#ifndef WINVER                          // 指定要求的最低平台是 Windows Vista。
+#define WINVER 0x0600           // 将此值更改为相应的值，以适用于 Windows 的其他版本。
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT            // 指定要求的最低平台是 Windows Vista。
+#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0600     // 将此值更改为相应的值，以适用于 Windows 的其他版本。
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _WIN32_WINDOWS          // 指定要求的最低平台是 Windows 98。
+#define _WIN32_WINDOWS 0x0410 // 将此值更改为适当的值，以适用于 Windows Me 或更高版本。
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _WIN32_IE                       // 指定要求的最低平台是 Internet Explorer 7.0。
+#define _WIN32_IE 0x0700        // 将此值更改为相应的值，以适用于 IE 的其他版本。
+#endif
+